advertisement
Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit
Version 6.3
Command Line Interface Reference Guide
September 2020
Rev. A01
Notes, cautions, and warnings
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
© 2020 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. Other trademarks may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Contents 3
4 Contents
Contents 5
6 Contents
1
Introduction
Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) includes a set of utilities, sample scripts, and sample configuration files to deploy and configure your Dell system. You can use DTK to build script-based and RPM-based installation for deploying a large number of systems reliably, without changing their current deployment processes. You can use DTK in a Microsoft Windows
Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE) or a Linux environment.
Topics:
•
•
•
SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site
•
DTK Deprecation Message
This release, of Deployment Toolkit (DTK) 6.3, is the final release for OpenManage Deployment Toolkit along with the associated tools and capabilities. However the releases prior to this will continue to be available for web download on legacy supported
PowerEdge servers.
● Redundant Array of Independent Disks Configuration (RAIDCFG) Utility
● System Configuration (SYSCFG) Utility
● ELI tool
● Utility Partition (UPINIT)
It is recommended to use the RACADM Command Line (CLI) as a replacement for the RAIDCFG and SYSCFG utilities. For more information about downloading RACADM, see the latest Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller Command Line Interface
Reference Guide at iDRAC Manuals .
NOTE: No DTK support for upcoming generations of PowerEdge servers. Also no new operating systems will be supported by DTK beyond DTK 6.3 on supported PowerEdge servers. For more information about features supported by DTK, see the latest User's Guide available at www.dell.com/OpenManageManuals .
What is new in this release
The new features for this release include:
● Added support for the following operating systems:
○ Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions.
○ Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 operating system.
● Added support for below Network Cards:
○ Emulex LightPulse LPe35002-M2 2-Port 32Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
○ Emulex LightPulse LPe35002-M2 2-Port 32Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
○ Broadcom 57414 Dual Port 25GbE SFP28 OCP Mezzanine Adapter
○ Mellanox ConnectX-6 Single Port HDR100 QSFP56 PCIE Adapter
○ Mellanox ConnectX-6 Single Port HDR100 QSFP56 PCIE Adapter
○ Mellanox ConnectX-6 Single Port HDR QSFP56 PCIE Adapter
Introduction 7
○ Mellanox ConnectX-6 Single Port HDR QSFP56 PCIE Adapter
NOTE: For the list of supported operating systems and Dell servers, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix at dell.com/openmanagemanuals .
NOTE: Use both DTK and the Server Administrator from the same release version to get complete supported features of
Server Administrator.
SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments
Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER
\ windows_scripts.lst
for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/Converter/ linux_scripts.lst for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts . The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map
.
The following table lists the set of commands:
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
Group iDRAC Settings
SYSCFG Commands lcp --dnsdhcp
Equivalent RACADM Commands iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP
lcp --domainname lcp --dnsracname lcp --dnsregisterrac
--idractype
--autoneg
--gateway
--ipaddress
--macaddress
--nicselectionfailover
--subnetmask
--vanilla
--dnsserver1v6
--dnsserver2v6
--gatewayv6
--ipv6address1
--ipv6address2
--linklocaladdrv6
--prefixlengthv6
--connectionmode
--msgcommbitrate
--msgcommflowctrl
--tmcfghandshakectrl
--tmcfglineediting iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName
iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName
iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister
iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg
iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway
iDRAC.IPv4.Address
iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres
iDRAC.NIC.Failover
iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask
iDRAC.NIC.VLanID
get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1
get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2
iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway
iDRAC.IPv6.Address1
iDRAC.IPv6.Address2
iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress
iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength
iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode
iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat
iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl
iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl
iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit
8 Introduction
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands
--tmcfgnewlineseq
Equivalent RACADM Commands iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq
BIOS Option Settings
--solcharaccuminterval
--solbitrate
--solprivlevel
--solcharsendthreshold
--HddSeq iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval
iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate
iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege
iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
Integrated Devices
Memory Settings
Miscellaneous Settings
Processor Settings
--BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqdd n
--SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd n
--EmbVideo
--IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid
--InternalUsb
--OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable
--Usb3Setting
--DynamicCoreAllocation
--CorrEccSmi
--MemTest
--NodeInterleave
--memopmode
--AssetTag
--ErrPrompt
--NumLock
--ForceInt10
--insystemcharacterization
--DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc
--ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher
--ProcVirtualization
--RtidSetting
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting
BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation
BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi
BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
Introduction 9
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands
--ProcX2Apic
Equivalent RACADM Commands
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
SATA Settings
--Sembsataraid
--embsata
--sata0
--sata1
--sata2
--sata3
--sata4
--sata5
--sata7
--sataporta
--sataportb
--sataportc
--sataportd
--sataporte
--sataportf
--cpucore
--cpuspeed
--logicproc
--proc1brand
--proc1id
--proc1l2cache
--proc1l3cache
--proc1numcores
--proc2brand
--proc2id
--proc2l2cache
--proc2l3cache
--proc2numcores
--proc64bit
--procadjcacheline
--procbusspeed
--proccorespeed
--qpispeed
--procconfigtdp
--WriteCache
--SecurityFreezeLock
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores
BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit
BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp
BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache
BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
10 Introduction
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands
--sataportg
Equivalent RACADM Commands
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
Serial Communication
Slot Disablement
System Information
System Security
System Power
--sataportgmodel
--sataportgdrivetype
--sataportgcapacity
--sataporth
--sataporthmodel
--sataporthdrivetype
--sataporthcapacity
--sataporti
--sataportimodel
--sataportidrivetype
--sataporticapacity
--sataportj
--sataportjmodel
--sataportjdrivetyp
--sataportjcapacity
--ConTerrmType
--ExtSerialConnector
--FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot
--Slot n
--svctag
--AcPwrRcvryDelay
--PwrButton
--SetupPassword
--SysPassword
--maxpowercap
--minpowercap
--capenable
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slot
n
BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold
System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold
System.Power.Cap.Enable
Supported Systems
For a complete list of supported Dell PowerEdge systems, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix in the required version of OpenManage Software at dell.com/openmanagemanuals
Supported operating systems
DTK utilities support Windows PE 10.0 (64-bit) and Windows PE 5.1 (64-bit), to deploy the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
Introduction 11
● Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 Foundation, Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions
● Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Foundation, Essentials, and Standard editions
● Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions
For Linux, the DTK utilities support deploying the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
● SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 (64-bit)
● Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 (64-bit)
● Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.10 (64-bit)
You can install the DTK Linux RPM utilities on the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
● SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 (64-bit)
● Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 (64-bit)
● Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.10 (64-bit)
NOTE: The RPMs are available in the RPMs folder of DTK ELI ISO at linux.dell.com/repo/hardware , and also in the Dell EMC Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD.
Toolkit Utilities
DTK contains utilities that allow you to configure the BIOS, Baseboard Management Controller (BMC), Remote Access
Controller (RAC), RAID controllers, and hard-drive partitions on supported Dell systems. Additionally, the utilities can be integrated with the sample files provided with the toolkit to fully configure one-to-many target systems in a scripted mass system deployment.
System Configuration Utility
The SYSCFG utility performs the following tasks:
● Reports and sets BIOS configuration options.
● Reports and sets BMC/RAC configuration options.
● Reports and sets user-configurable states.
● Reports system information, including PCI device detection.
RAID Configuration Utility
The RAIDCFG utility reports and sets RAID configuration options.
RAC Configuration Utility
The RACADM utility reports and sets RAC configuration options for Dell Remote Access Controller DRAC 5, iDRAC6, and iDRAC7, and iDRAC8.
Disk Partitioning Utility
The UPINIT script creates, formats, and populates a Dell Utility Partition.
Replication Of DTK Utilities
This section explains the replication of DTK utilities.
12 Introduction
File Format
The -i and -o options use the .ini
file format for system configuration (SYSCFG) options. All name/value entries that follow the
[syscfg] section header in the .ini
file belong to the SYSCFG utility. For an example of the syscfg.ini
file, see
SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format
.
SYSCFG Replication Rules
Not all BIOS and BMC options can be replicated using the .ini
file. For example, boot sequence and device sequence are only replicated if a device name list can be supplied. A numerical device list cannot be replicated since the index values can change from system to system. In addition, because the service tag information is static, it is not commented out in the output file or replicated. See the description of each option for further replication information.
The syscfg.ini
file cannot be used across different systems. The file output operation places system identification information at the beginning of the [syscfg] section. This information is used to determine if the file can be accepted as input for a system. The following information is used for system identification:
● System ID Byte(s)
● System Name
● BIOS Version
If these values do not match the values found on the system, the file input operation fails.
The following is the SYSCFG behavior during replication:
● Options not available in SYSCFG are termed invalid options. If SYSCFG encounters an invalid option in the syscfg.ini
file, the SYSCFG utility terminates.
● Unsupported options are options available in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported option, SYSCFG logs this option and continues to the next option.
● Unsupported arguments are arguments valid in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported argument, SYSCFG terminates.
● SYSCFG logs a message in the log file for each option processed in the syscfg.ini
file. To generate the log file, use the logfile option.
RAID Replication
The RAID replication feature reads the RAID configuration information from the source system and creates a raid.ini
file. This raid.ini
file can be applied to the RAID configurations of the target system. The RAID replication requires both, the source system and the target system to have similar RAID controllers.
RACADM Replication
The RACREP.BAT
sample script applies RAC configuration options to the target system based on the configuration information that has been saved in a configuration file. User input is optional, depending on variables set in the RACREP.BAT
sample script.
This script uses the RACADM.EXE
utility to configure the RAC in the target system using the RAC configuration file, raccfg.ini
. The raccfg.ini configuration file is passed as the first parameter to the RACREP.BAT
script. If this parameter is not passed, the default variable values used in this script are set in the TKENVSET.BAT
scripts. An optional second parameter can be passed to this file, which specifies the IP address used in configuring the RAC. The raccfg.ini file is generated with the
RACCAP.BAT
sample script.
Other Documents You May Need
In addition to this guide, you can access the following guides available at dell.com/support/manuals .
● The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide provides information about installing and deploying DTK on supported Dell systems. The guide is also available as part of the DTK download.
● The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User's Guide provides best practice procedures that focus on the basic tasks for successful deployment of Dell systems.
● The Dell Systems Software Support Matrix provides information about the various Dell systems, the operating systems supported by these systems, and the Dell OpenManage components that can be installed on these systems.
Introduction 13
● The Dell OpenManage Installation Guide provides additional information about performing an unattended installation of Dell
OpenManage Server Administrator on systems running supported Windows, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and Citrix Xen Server operating systems.
● The Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User's Guide provides information on using Server Administrator on supported operating systems.
● The Dell Update Packages User's Guide provides information about obtaining and using Dell Update Packages as part of your system update strategy.
● The Dell OpenManage Sever Administrator Storage Management User’s Guide provides information about RAID controllers.
● The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) Command Line Interface Reference Guide provides information about the RACADM subcommands, supported interfaces, property database groups and object definitions for iDRAC8 and
CMC.
● The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) User's Guide provides information about configuring and using iDRAC8 for 13 th generation rack, tower, and blade servers to remotely manage and monitor your system and its shared resources through a network.
● The Glossary provides information about the terms used in this document.
● The Deployment Toolkit release notes ( for Windows PE and embedded Linux ) which is also available as part of the DTK download, provides the latest available information about the installation and operation of the DTK components and the list of PowerEdge systems supported for this version of DTK.
Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site
You can access the required documents in one of the following ways:
● Using the following links:
○ For Dell EMC Enterprise Systems Management, Dell EMC Remote Enterprise Systems Management, and Dell EMC
Virtualization Solutions documents — https://www.dell.com/esmmanuals
○ For Dell EMC OpenManage documents — https://www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals
○ For iDRAC documents — https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals
○ For Dell EMC OpenManage Connections Enterprise Systems Management documents — https://www.dell.com/
OMConnectionsEnterpriseSystemsManagement
○ For Dell EMC Serviceability Tools documents — https://www.dell.com/serviceabilitytools
● From the Dell EMC Support site:
1. Go to https://www.dell.com/support .
2. Click Browse all products .
3. From All products page, click Software , and then click the required link from the following:
○ Analytics
○ Client Systems Management
○ Enterprise Applications
○ Enterprise Systems Management
○ Mainframe
○ Operating Systems
○ Public Sector Solutions
○ Serviceability Tools
○ Support
○ Utilities
○ Virtualization Solutions
4. To view a document, click the required product and then click the required version.
Using search engines:
● Type the name and version of the document in the search box.
Contacting Dell
NOTE: If you do not have an active Internet connection, you can find contact information on your purchase invoice, packing slip, bill, or Dell product catalog.
14 Introduction
Dell provides several online and telephone-based support and service options. Availability varies by country and product, and some services may not be available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical support, or customer service issues:
1. Visit www.dell.com/support .
2. Select your support category.
3. If you are not a U.S customer, select your country code at the bottom of the page, or select All to see more choices.
4. Select the appropriate service or support link based on your need.
Introduction 15
2
Command Syntax Overview
Syntax refers to the way a command and its parameters are entered. Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) Command
Line Interface (CLI) commands can be arranged in any order as long as they conform to the basic command line syntax.
Topics:
•
•
•
•
Command Line Option Delimiters
•
•
•
File Input And Output Commands
•
•
•
Error Checking And Error Messages
DTK Utilities General Usage
The following table lists the general usage models of the DTK utilities:
Table 2. DTK Utilities
Utilities
SYSCFG
Usage syscfg --option1=[arg1] ... --optionX=[argX] or syscfg bmcoption1 --bmcsuboption1=[arg1]...-bmcsuboptionX=argX]
RAIDCFG raidcfg [mandatory options] <optional arguments>
RACADM
UPINIT racadm <options> <subcommand> <subcommand_options>
NOTE: The Command Line Reference Guide for iDRAC6 and CMC available on dell.com/support/manuals provides information about the RACADM subcommands, supported interfaces, property database groups and object definitions for iDRAC6 and CMC.
For WinPE:
upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file=t:\upimage.bin
For Linux:
upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=/tmp/ upimage.bin
16 Command Syntax Overview
The DTK command line switches, configuration file formatting, and error reporting follow similar style and behavior. However, individual DTK utilities can sometimes differ from one another in significant ways. You must familiarize yourself with the command line syntax and utility-specific options and arguments for each utility before using DTK.
NOTE: Some of the command line options in DTK are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes only.
Command Line Syntax
The following table lists the generic command line characters and arguments present in the command line options with a short description of these characters.
Table 3. Command Line Options
Element
-
Description
Prefix single character options.
NOTE: This delimiter is not applicable to Baseboard Management Controller
(BMC) sub-options.
Prefix multi-character options.
--
Indicates the generic designation for a DTK utility name.
utilname
Indicates the generic single-character designation for an option.
o optionX argX
Indicates the generic multi-character designation for a utility name, where you can use X to distinguish multiple options used in the same command line instance.
Indicates the generic designation for an argument, where you can use X to distinguish multiple arguments used in the same command line instance.
Indicates the generic designation for a mandatory argument.
[mandatory option]
Indicates the generic designation for an optional argument.
<optional argument>
Indicates the generic designation for a string.
<string>
Indicates the generic designation for a filename.
<filename>
[ ]
...
|
Indicates a component of the command line. Enter only the information within the brackets and exclude the brackets.
Indicates that the previous argument can be repeated several times in a command. Enter only the information within the ellipses and exclude the ellipses.
Separates two mutually exclusive choices in a syntax line. For example: usb: Turns the usb controller on or off
Argument: enable | disable | legacy
Enter only one choice: --usb=enable, --usb= disable, or
--usb=legacy.
Command Syntax Overview 17
Case Sensitivity
● Command line options, pre-defined and user-defined arguments, and filenames given as arguments are all case-sensitive on
PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
● Unless specified otherwise, enter all commands, options, arguments, and command line switches in lowercase letters.
Command Line Option Delimiters
The following table lists some examples of valid and invalid DTK command lines.
Table 4. Command Line Option Delimiters
Valid /
Invalid
DTK Command Line valid syscfg --option1 --option2
Example syscfg --asset --floppy invalid syscfg --option1=argument -option2 --option3 syscfg --asset=R910 --floppy -- bootseq valid syscfg -o=filename --option1 -option2 syscfg -o=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy
--bootseq valid syscfg -l=filename --option1 -option2 syscfg -l=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy
--bootseq invalid syscfg -i=filename --option1 -option2 syscfg -i=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy
--bootseq valid syscfg --option=argument bmcoption
--option1= argument syscfg --embnic=on pcp -hostname=webserver
NOTE: Do not combine options that specify report or set actions in a command line instance.
Other Delimiters
The following table lists the other delimiters:
Table 5. Other delimiters
Delimiter
White space (space or tab)
Example syscfg --option=argument1 argument2
Description considers argument1 and argument2 as two arguments.
18 Command Syntax Overview
Table 5. Other delimiters (continued)
Delimiter
A string surrounded by double quotation marks regardless of the white space contained within, is interpreted as a single SYSCFG argument.
Example syscfg --option="argument1 argument2"
Description considers argument1 and argument2 a single argument.
considers "argument as the argument.
A double quotation mark preceded by a backslash (\") is interpreted as a literal double quotation mark (").
Backslashes are interpreted literally, unless they immediately precede a double quotation mark. If an even number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\), and the double quotation mark (") is interpreted as a string delimiter.
If an odd number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\) and the double quotation mark is interpreted as an escape sequence by the remaining backslash, causing a literal double quotation mark (") to be placed in the
SYSCFG argument.
syscfg -option="\"argument" syscfg --option="\
\"argument" syscfg --option="\\
\"argument" considers \ and argument as two arguments.
considers \ "argument as the argument.
Read And Write Commands
Options can report a certain value or set of values based on the presence of an argument. These read or write actions are implied in the DTK command line arguments. The get , read , set , or write commands, for example, are not required.
NOTE: You cannot combine options that specify read or write actions in a command line instance.
Table 6. Read and Write Command Examples
Valid/Invalid valid
DTK Command Line Example syscfg --option1 --option2 valid syscfg --option1=arg --option2=arg invalid syscfg --option1=arg --option2
File Input And Output Commands
● Specify the file input using the -i < filename > command, where < filename > is the name of the input file.
● Specify the file output using the -o < filename > command, where < filename > is the name of the output file.
Command Syntax Overview 19
Log Files
If the log file already exists, information is appended to the file. This allows multiple tools to use the same log file to record information. Use the -l option to record the output of a utility.
The log duplicates all standard output and error information to the specified file. Each log file begins with a time stamp and utility name. For example, YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS < utilname > - < output text> .
The following is an example of the logging behavior:
2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option1 =on
2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option2 =on
2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option3 =off
NOTE: The log files may contain sensitive information such as passwords and authentication information. To protect such information, it is recommended that only the administrator accesses the log files.
Help Option
The -h and --help options display general usage information for the utility. If the argument matches a valid option, that usage information of the option is displayed. If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.
Error Checking And Error Messages
The DTK utilities check your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When a command is executed successfully, a message displays stating that your command has been successful. Unrecognized or invalid options and arguments result in a usage error that displays the DTK utility name and version along with a short message. For information about the error messages, see
.
20 Command Syntax Overview
3
DTK Seamless package
The DTK Seamless package is a single installer package that carries Linux DTK RPMs (RHEL, SLES) and its dependency.
Topics:
•
Seamless package — Downloading and Installing
Seamless package — Downloading and Installing
This section describes the downloading and installing of DTK seamless package.
The seamless package auto recognizes the OS type and its respective dependency during the installation and installs SYSCFG,
RAIDCFG, and RACADM tools on post Linux operating system.
The advantages of seamless package are:
The size of the DTK seamless package is less (approximately 60MB) compared to that of the complete OM DVD size.
The DTK seamless package is posted independently on www.dell.com/support with OM and DTK releases.
The seamless package supports both interactive and non-interactive modes of DTK tool installation.
Interactive mode options:
Type the following command: ./DTKTOOLS_<release version>_Linux64_<build number>.Bin
The options displayed on the screen are as follows:
Deployment Tools Install Utility
Available install options:
[ ] 1. Command line BIOS configuration utility (syscfg utility)
[ ] 2. Command line RAID configuration utility (raidcfg utility)
[ ] 3. DRAC command line configuration utility
[ ] 4. All features
Enter the number to select/deselect (toggle selection) a component
Enter i to install the selected components.
Enter q to quit.
Once the DTK tools installation is complete, success message is displayed on the screen.
To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command
/opt/dell/toolkit/bin/dtktools-uninstall.sh —d
Non-interactive mode:
In the non-interactive mode, all the available tools are installed by default. Any other option is ignored.
Type the following command:
./DTKTOOLS_<release version>_Linux64_<build number>.Bin [—f/--force]
Once the DTK tools installation is complete, success message is displayed on the screen.
To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command
./DTKTOOLS_<release version>_Linux64_<build number>.Bin [-d/--delete]
To view the available options, run the following command in the command line:
./DTKTOOLS_<release version>_Linux64_<build number>.Bin [—h/--help] .
DTK Seamless package 21
The seamless package uninstalls the older DTK tool set version, and upgrades it to a newer version if Server Administrator is not present in the system.
22 DTK Seamless package
4
SYSCFG
This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) system configuration utility. It describes the command line parameters, configuration file format, and individual executables used to configure server BIOS and Baseboard Management Controller
(BMC) settings, DTK state settings, and system information including PCI device detection.
Topics:
•
•
•
•
Sub Options And Arguments For power Option
•
Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option
•
Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option
•
SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration
•
SYSCFG For State Configuration
•
SYSCFG for System Configuration
•
•
Features
The SYSCFG utility:
● Displays help and usage information.
● Outputs configuration options to a file or screen.
● Reads configuration options from a file or Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters.
● Configures BMC/Remote Access Controller (RAC) users, local area network (LAN) channel and serial channel settings,
BMC/RAC platform event filter (PEF) settings, and BMC/RAC serial-over-LAN (SOL) settings.
● Configures the nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) and power button.
● Reports the BMC/RAC firmware version, BMC/RAC device global unique identifier (GUID), and BMC/RAC LAN channel and serial channel information.
● Reports BMC/RAC session information.
● Clears BMC/RAC system event log (SEL).
● Restores BMC/RAC factory defaults.
● Records and reports the state data value.
● Displays system configuration information.
● Returns specific error codes and messages.
● Logs activity to a given filename.
● Configures the BIOS features using ini file, DTK xml file, and ws-man xml file.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), the SYSCFG utility is located at \dell
\toolkit\tools or \dell\toolkit\tools directory. In Linux, you can find it in the /opt/dell/toolkit/bin directory.
SYSCFG General Options
NOTE: Some of the options in SYSCFG are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any sub-options or arguments. The values associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.
SYSCFG 23
NOTE: The SYSCFG arguments are applicable to some generations. Run the help Syscfg -h to view the list of arguments supported.
No Option
Table 7. No Option
Valid Arguments
Description
NA
The SYSCFG utility displays the usage information.
envar
Table 8. SYSCFG General — envar
Valid Arguments < valid filename > < valid path >
Description Stores the environment variable data to a file when used with the – s option. This file can be called from other scripts to set the environment variable. The value of
< filename > must not be specified if the DTKENVSCR environment variable is set to a valid filename. In this case, the filename pointed to by DTKENVSCR is used to store the environment variable data.
Example: syscfg --mem -s=temp --envar= Z:\scripts\file.bat
When used without the -s option, --envar takes the default variable.
Linux Example: syscfg --svctag --envar= /tmp/myvars.txt svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =’2G8LC1S’ source /tmp/myvars.txt
Windows PE Example: syscfg --svctag --envar=i:\myvars.bat
svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =’2G8LC1S’ call i:\myvars.bat
h or help
Table 9. SYSCFG General — h or help
Valid Arguments
Description none or < valid option name >
Displays the general usage information for the utility, when no argument is provided.
If the argument matches a valid option, that option's usage information is displayed.
If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the option has sub-options, all sub-options, valid arguments, and a description are listed. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.
24 SYSCFG
Table 9. SYSCFG General — h or help (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg -h lanchannelaccess lanchannelaccess: Reports LAN channel access information.
Sub-options: pefalerting: Enable or disable PEF (Platform Event
Filter)alerting.
Arguments: enable | disable ipmioverlan: Enable or disable
IPMI over LAN access.
Arguments: disable | alwaysavail channelprivlmt: Sets the maximum privilege level that can be accepted on the LAN channel.
Arguments: user | operator |administrator
i or infile
Table 10. SYSCFG General — i or infile
Valid Arguments < filename >
Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to take input from the .ini file. The utility searches the file for a section heading identical to the utility name. An error is returned if the file or section is not found. If the section is found, each name/value pair is applied to the system. The names must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this option is used with other function command options, they are applied in the order in which they appear on the command line, overriding any previous commands.
Example:
A:>syscfg -i < filename >.ini
ix or inxmlfile
Table 11. SYSCFG General — ix or inxmlfile
Valid Arguments < filename >
Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to receive input from the xml file. The utility searches the BIOS option in the file. An error is returned if the file is not found. The provided option must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this
SYSCFG 25
Table 11. SYSCFG General — ix or inxmlfile (continued)
option is dependent on any other option, they are applied in the order in which they appear in the xml file.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ix filename .xml
NOTE: You can modify or use the BIOS configuration captured in xml format from a PowerEdge server for large scale deployment configurations using
RACADM or WS-MAN. For more information on using RACADM and WS-MAN refer Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) RACADM Command
Line Interface Reference Guide and Dell Lifecycle Controller-Remote Services
Quick Start Guide respectively available at dell.com/support/manuals .
l or logfile
Table 12. SYSCFG General — l or logfile
Valid Arguments
Description
< filename >
Logs the command line output to a time-stamped file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as the standard output, plus timestamp information. Users should use this option instead of redirection for task diagnosis. For more information, see
Example:
A:>syscfg -l logfile --option=< filename >
o or outfile
Table 13. SYSCFG General — o or outfile
Valid Arguments < filename >
Description
Prints all replicable options to the specified filename. The format of the output is in the .ini format, with the utility name as the section header. On PowerEdge 11G systems, if a file with the same name already exists, the information is appended to the file, but on PowerEdge 12G it overwrites the existing file. If this option is used with other function commands, the commands are applied in the order in which they appear. This option captures replicable BMC and BIOS options.
Example:
A:>syscfg -o < filename >.ini
ox or outxmlfile
Table 14. SYSCFG General — ox or outxmlfile
Valid Arguments
Description
< filename >
Prints all BIOS options to the specified xml file.
26 SYSCFG
Table 14. SYSCFG General — ox or outxmlfile (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --ox filename .ini
ovrwrt
Table 15. SYSCFG General — ovrwrt
Valid Arguments NA
Description Used with the -o option to cause the output file to be overwritten if a file of the same name already exists. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg -o=filename.ini --ovrwrt
The file filename has been overwritten.
px or pendingxmlfile
Table 16. SYSCFG General — px or pendingxmlfile
Valid Arguments < filename >
Description
Prints all the pending BIOS options to a specified xml file.
Example:
A:>syscfg --px filename .xml
s
Table 17. SYSCFG General — s
Valid Arguments
Description
< string >
Prints the variable name and the assigned value to the console. This option when used with --envar , picks up the environment variable data and stores it in a file. This file can be called from a script. For more information, see
.
Example:
A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag svctag=SERVICE
ENVNAME=SERVICE
version
Table 18. SYSCFG General version
Valid Arguments
Description
NA
Displays the version information, current time, and date for the utility. This option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG 27
Table 18. SYSCFG General version (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --version syscfg Version 4.4 P01(Windows - Jan
29 2014,16:48:48)
Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.
SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration
SYSCFG uses BIOS interfaces to manipulate boot order and BIOS settings. It configures all options available on the BIOS setup screen, including boot order, embedded device configuration, and asset tag management. Consider the following while using the
SYSCFG options:
● On systems prior to YX2X, options and arguments are case-sensitive.
NOTE: The naming format of Dell PowerEdge systems is yxxx; y denotes alphabets, for example, M (modular), R (rack), or T (tower) and x denotes numbers. For example, a PowerEdge R720 is a 12th Generation rack mount 700 series server.
● On YX2X generation of PowerEdge servers and later systems, the SYSCFG options are grouped.
● Running SYSCFG without arguments on any system only displays the valid options.
● Reboot the system for the BIOS options to take effect.
● On YX2X generation of PowerEdge systems are backward compatible and support legacy arguments enable and disable .
However, it is recommended to use enabled and disabled on YX2X generation of PowerEdge systems as the arguments enable and disable may be deprecated in future. For more information, see the BIOS options help.
● To list the options which are set on the system, but not applied due to pending reboot, type: syscfg --pendingvalues
● If a setup password is set, provide the password while configuring the SYSCFG options as: syscfg --<bios-option>=<value> -- valsetuppwd=<password>
● Some of the BIOS options or arguments may not be available on all systems due to:
○ The BIOS version or hardware feature set.
○ A missing or expired license. The system displays an error message if the required license is not found. For more information, see Dell License Manager on dell.com/support/manuals .
● Some of the options are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any suboptions or arguments. The values associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.
SYSCFG BIOS commands
SYSCFG BIOS equivalent RACADM commands are listed:
For more information on RACADM commands, see the RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell.com/ openmanagemanuals.com
.
NOTE: The SYSCFG arguments are applicable to some generations. Run the help Syscfg -h to view the list of arguments supported.
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options
Group Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
BIOS Option Settings --BootSeq
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeq
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
28 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group
Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFq
dd
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedSas
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCard
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCardRedund
ancy
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb1
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb2
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.UsbPorts
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
SYSCFG 29
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpMode
*
*
*
*
*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
*
Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag
*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpVoltage
BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
BIOS.MemSettings.RedundantMem
BIOS.MemSettings.Serialdbgout
BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSize
BIOS.MemSettings.SnoopFilter
BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed
BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType
BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt
BIOS.MemSettings.VideoMem
N/A
N/A
BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
BIOS.MiscSettings.ReportKbdErr
BIOS.NetworkSettings.PxeDev
n EnDis
BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDev
n Protocol
N/A
BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDev
n Protocol
N/A
BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDev
n VlanEnDis
N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDev
n VlanId
N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDev
n VlanPriority
30 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group
Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
N/A
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootMode
--OneTimeBootSeqDev --nextboot
N/A
N/A
N/A
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher -dcustreamerprefetcher
*
*
*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootSeqDev
BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeHddSeqDev
BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
BIOS.ProcSettings.DataReuse
BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Brand
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Id
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L2Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L3Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1NumCores
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Brand
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Id
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L2Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L3Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2NumCores
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Brand
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Id
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L2Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L3Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3NumCores
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Brand
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Id
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L2Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L3Cache
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4NumCores
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc64bit
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcBusSpeed
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
SYSCFG 31
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiBandwidthPriority
BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiSpeed
BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc
n ControlledTurbo
N/A
N/A
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcConfigTdp
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
*
N/A
N/A
* N/A
* N/A
BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1
BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Capacity
BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1DriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Model
*
N/A
N/A
*
*
N/A
N/A
* N/A
N/A
*
N/A
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortACapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortADriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortAModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCCapacity
* N/A
* N/A
* N/A
* N/A
* N/A
*
*
*
*
*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortECapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFModel
32 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
* N/A
* N/A
N/A
* N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialComm
N/A
N/A
*
*
N/A
N/A
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialPortAddress
BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slot
N/A n
BIOS.SysInformation.SysMfrContactInfo
BIOS.SysInformation.SystemBiosVersion
BIOS.SysInformation.SystemManufacturer
*
N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SystemModelName
* BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
* N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.SysInformation.UefiComplianceVersion
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.CollaborativeCpuPerf
Ctrl
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemFrequency
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemPatrolScrub
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemRefreshRate
SYSCFG 33
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
N/A
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemVolt
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
*
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MonitorMwait
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.PowerSaver
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcC1E
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcCStates
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcPwrPerf
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcTurboMode
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.SysProfile
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyEfficientTurbo
N/A
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyPerformanceBi
as
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.UncoreFrequency
BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvry
BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
BIOS.SysSecurity.Aesni
BIOS.SysSecurity.IntelTxt
BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton
BIOS.SysSecurity.PasswordStatus
BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
N/A
BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmActivation
BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmClear
BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmSecurity
BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmActivation
BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmClear
BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmSecurity
BIOS.SysSecurity.TPMStatus
N/A
BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmCommand
N/A
BIOS.SysSecurity.SecureBoot
N/A N/A
34 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on YX2X and
Later systems
Option on Systems
Prior to YX2X
Systems
N/A
Equivalent RACADM Option
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.UefiBootSeq
BIOS Option Settings
You can manage the BIOS start settings using the options in this group.
BootSeq or bootseq
Table 20. SYSCFG Options Supported BootSeq or bootseq
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
● On YX2X and later systems: list of device names separated by commas
Description Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the boot sequence.
NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.
Without an argument, this option prints the boot order list. The argument must be formatted as a comma-separated numerical list with no spaces. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list, that is, the low and high numbers must match, and the same number of entries must be supplied. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated.
Some systems also allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names.
Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance
string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb) , and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below.
Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.
SYSCFG 35
Table 20. SYSCFG Options Supported BootSeq or bootseq (continued)
Numerical Lists Examples:
A:>syscfg --bootseq= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 – VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Device Name Examples:
Example of device names: nic.slot.1 (network adapter 1 in PCI slot) nic.emb.1 (network adapter 1 on system board) hdd.emb.0 (hard drive C:) cdrom.emb.0 (CD drive)
Device Name Lists Examples
Example 1:
#syscfg --bootseq
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device
Device 3:* hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C:
Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE
Device 1:* floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:1226
Device 6:* virtual.slot.2 - VIRTUALFLOPPY DRIVE
Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v1226
36 SYSCFG
Table 20. SYSCFG Options Supported BootSeq or bootseq (continued)
Example 2:
#syscfg --bootseq=nic.emb.1,virtual.slot.1
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v
Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE
Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device
Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C:
Device 1: floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
HddSeq or devseq
Table 21. SYSCFG Options Supported — HddSeq or devseq
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
● On YX2X and later systems: list of device names separated by commas
Description Sets the hard-drive sequence for a system. The first hard drive in the system will be the bootable C: drive in DOS/DOS-like operating systems. Without an argument, this option displays the device list. The argument must be formatted as a commaseparated numerical list of device index values. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list. For example, the low and high numbers must match. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to Bios and has no effect when bootmode is set to Uefi .
Some systems allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names.
Systems that support device names also support replication of the boot order through the output file option. Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance
string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb) , and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below. Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --devseq
The following devices are set in the disk device sequence:
Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices
Device 2:* scsiraid.slot.3 - PERC 5/E Adapter(bus 02 dev
02)
Device 3:* usbkey.slot.0 - Hard-disk-emulated USB flash drive
SYSCFG 37
Table 21. SYSCFG Options Supported — HddSeq or devseq (continued)
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --devseq= hdd.emb.1,scsiraid.emb.1
The following devices are set in the disk device sequence:
Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices
Device 2:* scsiraid.emb.1 - AIC-7899, A:00 Seagate
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Boot Settings
You can manage the boot settings using the options in this group.
BootMode or bootmode
Table 22. BootMode or bootmode
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: uefi, bios
● On YX2X and later systems: Uefi, Bios
Description
Determines the boot mode of the system. Allows booting to Unified Extensible
Firmware Interface (UEFI) -capable operating systems or ensures compatibility with operating systems that do not support UEFI.
NOTE: If boot mode is modified, reboot the system before executing the OS installation scripts.
Example:
A:>syscfg --bootmode=uefi bootmode=uefi
BootSeqRetry or bootseqretry
Table 23. BootSeqRetry or bootseqretry
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior toYX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the boot sequence retry feature. When set to enable , the system re-attempts to set the boot order after a 30-second time-out if the last boot attempt has failed. This option can be replicated.
A:>syscfg --bootseqretry=enable bootseqretry=enable
38 SYSCFG
HddFailover or hddfailover
Table 24. HddFailover or hddfailover
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: off, on
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description off
Specifies the device in the Hard Disk Drive Sequence menu that has not been attempted in the boot sequence. When set to on , all devices are attempted in an order in which they are configured. When set to off , only the first device in the hard disk sequence is attempted. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hddfailover=on hddfailover=on
SetBootOrderFqdd
n
Table 25. SetBootOrderFqdd n
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: < string >
Displays the list of FQDDs representing the boot list to be applied on the next boot.
NOTE: The value of n in SetBootOrderFqdd n can be 1–16.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd
n
Table 26. SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd n
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: < string >
Description
Displays the list of FQDDs representing the legacy hard-disk drive list to be applied on the next boot.
NOTE: The value of n in SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd n can be 1–16.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
Integrated Devices
You can use the options in this group to manage the integrated devices such as internal NIC and integrated USB.
SYSCFG 39
EmbNic1 or embnic1
Table 27. EmbNic1 or embnic1
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Turns the first embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1=onnopxe embnic1=onnopxe
EmbNic1Nic2 or embnic1nic2
Table 28. EmbNic1Nic2 or embnic1nic2
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables the operating system interface of the first and second embedded
NIC controllers.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1nic2=enable
--embnic1nic2=enable
EmbNic2 or embnic2
Table 29. EmbNic2 or embnic2
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Turns the second embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled.
This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
40 SYSCFG
Table 29. EmbNic2 or embnic2 (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic2=onnopxe embnic2=onnopxe
EmbNic3 or embnic3
Table 30. EmbNic3 or embnic3
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Turns the third embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic3=onnopxe embnic3=onnopxe
EmbNic3Nic4 or embnic3nic4
Table 31. EmbNic3Nic4 or embnic3nic4
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs
Description
Enables or disables the operating system interface of the third and fourth embedded
NIC controllers.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EmbNic3Nic4=enable
--embnic3nic4=enable
EmbNic4 or embnic4
Table 32. EmbNic4 or embnic4
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
SYSCFG 41
Table 32. EmbNic4 or embnic4 (continued)
Description
Turns the fourth embedded NIC on with PXE enabled, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have four embedded
NICs. If the fourth NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the fourth NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems. This option can be replicated.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic4 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic4=onnopxe embnic4=onnopxe
EmbVideo or embvideoctrl
Table 33. EmbVideo or embvideoctrl
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the BIOS support for the Embedded Video Controller
Example:
A:>syscfg --embvideoctrl=enable embvideoctrl=enable
IoatEngine or ioat
Table 34. IoatEngine or ioat
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the I/O Acceleration Technology (I/OAT) DMA Engine option.
This option must be enabled only if the hardware and software support I/OAT on your system. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ioat=enabled ioat=enabled
IntegratedNetwork1
Table 35. IntegratedNetwork1
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs
42 SYSCFG
Table 35. IntegratedNetwork1 (continued)
Description Enables or disables Integrated Network 1.
NOTE: If set to DisabledOs , the Integrated NICs may still be available for shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled
IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled
IntegratedNetwork2
Table 36. IntegratedNetwork2
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs
Enables or disables Integrated Network 2.
NOTE: If set to DisabledOs , the Integrated NICs may still be available for shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled
IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled
IntegratedRaid or integratedraid
Table 37. IntegratedRaid or integratedraid
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables the integrated RAID controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --integratedraid=disable integratedraid=disable
IntegratedSas or integratedsas
Table 38. IntegratedSas or integratedsas
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
SYSCFG 43
Table 38. IntegratedSas or integratedsas (continued)
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the integrated SAS controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --integratedsas=enable integratedsas=enable
InternalSdCard or embsdcard
Table 39. InternalSdCard or embsdcard
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off
● On YX2X and later systems: On, Off
Description Enables or disables the embedded SD card port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcard=off embsdcard=off
InternalSdCardRedundancy or embsdcardredundancy
Table 40. InternalSdCardRedundancy or embsdcardredundancy
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: mirrormode, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Mirror, Disabled
Description
Sets the internal SD card port redundancy to Mirror mode or Disabled .
When set to Mirror mode, read-write operation occurs on both the secure digital
(SD) cards. When one of the SD cards fails and is replaced, on booting, the data of the active card is copied to the offline card.
When set to Disabled , read-write operation occurs only on SD card 1.
NOTE: On Blade systems, disable the vflash key to configure this option.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode
InternalUsb or internalusb
Table 41. InternalUsb or internalusb
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: off, on
● On YX2X and later systems: On, Off
44 SYSCFG
Table 41. InternalUsb or internalusb (continued)
Description
Turns the internal USB port on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusb=on internalusb=on
InternalUsb1 or internalusbport1
Table 42. InternalUsb1 or internalusbport1
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off
● On YX2X and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port 1on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusbport1=on internalusbport1=on
InternalUsb2 or internalusbport2
Table 43. InternalUsb2 or internalusbport2
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off
● On YX2X and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port 2 on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusbport2=on internalusbport2=on
OsWatchdogTimer or oswatchdogtimer
Table 44. OsWatchdogTimer or oswatchdogtimer
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Aids in the recovery of the operating system when the system stops responding.
When this option is set to enable , the operating system is allowed to initialize the timer. When set to disable (the default), the timer has no effect on the system.
SYSCFG 45
Table 44. OsWatchdogTimer or oswatchdogtimer (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --oswatchdogtimer=enable oswatchdogtimer=enable
SriovGlobalEnable or sriov
Table 45. SriovGlobalEnable or sriov
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables support for Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) devices.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sriov=disable sriov=disable
UsbPorts or usbports
Table 46. UsbPorts or usbports
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, enablebackonly, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: AllOn, OnlyBackPortsOn, AllOff
Description Enables or disables USB ports. When set to enable , it enables all user accessible
USB ports. When set to enablebackonly or OnlyBackPortsOn , the front useraccessible ports are disabled. When set to disable or AllOff , both front and back user accessible ports are disabled. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --usbports=enable usbports=enable
MmioAbove4Gb
Table 47. MmioAbove4Gb
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
This field helps in enabling support for PCIe devices that require large amount of memory. Enable this option only for 64-bit operating systems.
46 SYSCFG
Table 47. MmioAbove4Gb (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled
MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled
Usb3Setting
Table 48. Usb3Setting
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: Auto, Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the USB 3.0 port.
● Auto — USB ports operate at USB 2.0 speed.
● Enabled — USB ports operates at USB 3.0 speed.
● Disabled — USB 3.0 host controller is disabled and the speed is set to USB
2.0.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Usb3Setting=Auto
Usb3Setting=Auto
CurrentEmbVideoState
Table 49. CurrentEmbVideoState
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the current state of the Embedded Video Controller.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CurrentEmbVideoState
CurrentEmbVideoState= xxx
InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
Table 50. InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: SdCard1, SdCard2
Description Sets an internal SD card as the primary SD card.
A:>syscfg --InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1
InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1
SYSCFG 47
IscsiDev1ConnChapType
Table 51. IscsiDev1Con< n>ChapType
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: OneWay, Mutual
Description
Sets the Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1Con n ChapType can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual
IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual
IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis
Table 52. IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems : Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1Con n DhcpEnDis can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled
IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled
IscsiDev1Con
n
EnDis
Table 53. IscsiDev1Con nEnDis
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: Enabled, Disabled
Sets the configuration of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in
IscsiDev1Con n EnDis can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled
IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled
IscsiDev1Con
n
Interface
Table 54. IscsiDev1ConnInterface
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: < FQDD name >
Description
Displays the NIC interface of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in
IscsiDev1Con n Interface can be 1 or 2.
48 SYSCFG
Table 54. IscsiDev1ConnInterface (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Interface
IscsiDev1Con1Interface= XXXX
IscsiDev1Con
n
Protocol
Table 55. IscsiDev1Con nProtocol
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: IPv4, IPv6
Description
Displays the IP used for the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in
IscsiDev1Con n Protocol can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Protocol
IscsiDev1Con1Interface=IPv4
IscsiDev1Con
n
Timeout
Table 56. IscsiDev1Con nTimeout
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: < integer >
Description Sets the time-out of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in
IscsiDev1Con n Timeout can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Timeout= XXXX
IscsiDev1Con1Timeout= XXXX
IscsiDev1Con
n
VlanEnDis
Table 57. IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) configuration of the iSCSI connection.
Where the value of n in IscsiDev1Con n VlanEnDis can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled
IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled
SYSCFG 49
IscsiDev1Con
n
VlanId
Table 58. IscsiDev1Con nVlanId
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: < integer >
Displays the virtual LAN (VLAN) ID of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in
IscsiDev1Con n VlanId can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanId
IscsiDev1Con1VlanId= XXXX
IscsiDev1Con
n
Auth
Table 59. IscsiDev1Con nAuth
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: None, Chap
Sets the authentication type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in
IscsiDev1Con n Auth can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None
IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None
Network Settings
You can manage the system network settings using the options in this group.
PxeDev
n
EnDis
Table 60. PxeDev nEnDis
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables the Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) device. When enabled, a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) boot option is created for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDev n EnDis can be 1–4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled
PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled
50 SYSCFG
PxeDev
n
Interface
Table 61. PxeDev nInterface
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the NIC interface used for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDev n Interface can be 1–4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Interface
PxeDev
n
Protocol
Table 62. PxeDev nProtocol
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the IP version used for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDev n VlanId can be 1–4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Protocol
PxeDev
n
VlanEnDis
Table 63. PxeDev nVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDev n VlanEnDis can be 1–4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled
PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled
PxeDev
n
VlanId
Table 64. PxeDev nVlanId
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: < integer >
Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.
SYSCFG 51
Table 64. PxeDev nVlanId (continued)
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDev n VlanId can be 1–4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanId= XXXX
PxeDev
n
VlanPriority
Table 65. PxeDev nVlanPriority
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: < integer >
Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) priority of the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanPriority can be 1–4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanPriority= X
PxeDev1VlanPriority= X
HttpDevnInterface
Table 66. HttpDevnInterface
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: NIC.Integrated.1-1-1, NIC.Integrated.1-2-1,
NIC.Integrated.1-3-1, NIC.Integrated.1-4-1
The NIC interface used for HTTP device. The value of n in HttpDevnInterface can be from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-2-1
HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1
HttpDevnProtocol
Table 67. HttpDevnProtocol
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: IPv4, IPv6
Determines whether the Internet Protocol version 4 older version or the Internet
Protocol version 6 the newest version is used for this device. The value of n in
HttpDev n Protocol can be from 1 to 4.
52 SYSCFG
Table 67. HttpDevnProtocol (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4
HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4
HttpDevnVlanEnDis
Table 68. HttpDevnVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: Enabled, Disabled
Set the field to Enabled if your DNS or HTTP servers reside on a Virtual LAN
(VLAN). The value of n in HttpDev n VlanEnDis can be from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled
HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled
HttpDevnVlanId
Table 69. HttpDevnVlanId
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X systems: Enabled, Disabled
When VLAN is enabled, identifies which of the 4094 possible VLANs contains the desired DNS or HTTP servers. This value can be 1 – 4094 inclusive. Where n is from
1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev2VlanId=Enabled
Memory Settings
You can manage the memory-related configuration settings using the objects in this group.
CorrEccSmi or memprefailurenotify
Table 70. CorrEccSmi or memprefailurenotify
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables the Correctable ECC SMIs. When enabled, the SMIs report the
Correctable ECC errors.
This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 53
Table 70. CorrEccSmi or memprefailurenotify (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --CorrEccSmi=Enabled
CorrEccSmi=Enabled
DynamicCoreAllocation
Table 71. DynamicCoreAllocation
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the operating system capability to maintain the logical processors in the idle state to reduce power consumption.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled
DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled
MemOpMode or memoperatingmode
Table 72. MemOpMode or memoperatingmode
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: optimizer, mirror, advancedecc
● On YX2X and later systems: OptimizerMode, SpareMode, MirrorMode,
AdvEccMode, SpareWithAdvEccMode
Description
Selects the memory operating mode. This feature is active only if a valid memory configuration is detected. When OptimizerMode is enabled, the DRAM controllers operate independently in 64-bit mode and provide optimized memory performance.
When MirrorMode is enabled, only half of the installed memory is reported as available to the operating system. When AdvECCMode is enabled, the two DRAM controllers are combined in 128-bit mode to provide optimized reliability. Memory that cannot be teamed by the controllers is not reported to the operating system.
When SpareMode is enabled, the memory size reported to the operating system does not include the spare portion.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memoperatingmode=optimizer memoperatingmode=optimizer
MemOpVoltage or dimmvoltage
Table 73. MemOpVoltage or dimmvoltage
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: auto, 1.5
54 SYSCFG
Table 73. MemOpVoltage or dimmvoltage (continued)
● On YX2X and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V
Description Sets the DIMM voltage selection. When set to AutoVolt (default value), the system automatically sets the voltage to the optimal setting based upon the DIMM capability and the installed DIMM population. This option also enables setting the system DIMM voltage to a higher (1.5V) setting if the DIMMs support multiple voltages and have been set to a lower voltage.
NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dimmvoltage=auto dimmvoltage=auto
MemTest or memtest
Table 74. MemTest or memtest
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the POST extended memory test.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemTest=Enabled
MemTest=Enabled
NodeInterleave or nodeinterleave
Table 75. NodeInterleave or nodeinterleave
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables node interleaving, if the system is configured with matching memory. If set to disable (default), the system supports Non-Uniform Memory (NUMA) architecture memory configurations. This field is active only if the memory configuration can support node interleaving.
NOTE: The nodeinterleave option is same as memintleave option. For more information, see
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --nodeinterleave=enable nodeinterleave=enable
SYSCFG 55
redmem
Table 76. redmem
Valid Arguments
Description off, spare, mirror, DDDC
Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off
SerialDbgOut
Table 77. SerialDbgOut
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the RC/MRC Serial debug output.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SerialDbgOut=Enabled
SerialDbgOut=Enabled
SysMemSize or mem
Table 78. SysMemSize or mem
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: read-only
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of main memory in the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --mem mem=500
SnoopMode or snoopfilter
Table 79. SnoopMode or snoopfilter
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables the snoop filter option from the system BIOS.
56 SYSCFG
Table 79. SnoopMode or snoopfilter (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --snoopfilter=enable snoopfilter=enable
SysMemSpeed
Table 80. SysMemSpeed
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the clock frequency of the main memory.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemSpeed
SysMemType
Table 81. SysMemType
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the type of main memory installed in the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemType
SysMemVolt
Table 82. SysMemVolt
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the voltage of the main memory.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemVolt
VideoMem
Table 83. VideoMem
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
SYSCFG 57
Table 83. VideoMem (continued)
Description
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the total amount of video memory available to the embedded video controller.
Example:
A:>syscfg --VideoMem
ClusterOnDie
Table 84. ClusterOnDie
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the Cluster On Die option. When enabled, the feature enhances the performance of the system with two caching agents.
A:>syscfg --ClusterOnDie=Enabled
ClusterOnDie=Enabled
RedundantOsLocation
Table 85. RedundantOsLocation
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
Description
Specifies the backup device for the Redundant OS Control feature. When Redundant
OS Boot is set to Enabled, the BIOS will boot to this device.
NOTE: In order for the devices and slots listed below to show up as optional backup devices, their settings must be as shown:
SD Card Port -- On
Internal USB Port -- On
Embedded SATA -- anything other than Off
PCIe Slot Disablement -- Enabled
Example:
A:>syscfg --RedundantOsLocation
Miscellaneous Settings
You can manage the miscellaneous settings using the options in this group.
AssetTag or asset
Table 86. AssetTag or asset
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: read-only
58 SYSCFG
Table 86. AssetTag or asset (continued)
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Description Reports or sets the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This value can be replicated.
NOTE: The Asset Tag is a string assigned to a system, usually by an administrator, for security or tracking purposes. The Asset Tag can be up to 10 characters long and can contain only printable US-ASCII characters. For more information on delimiters, see
Command Line Option Delimiters
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --asset=< ASSETTAG > asset= ASSETTAG
ErrPrompt or f1f2promptonerror
Table 87. ErrPrompt or f1f2promptonerror
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables the BIOS to prompt F1 or F2 error codes.
Example:
A:>syscfg --f1f2promptonerror=enable f1f2promptonerror=enable
InSystemCharacterization
Table 88. InSystemCharacterization
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled
Description
In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until the next system restart. The
OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled , ISC does not run.
Example:
A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
SYSCFG 59
NumLock or numlock
Table 89. NumLock or numlock
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off
● On YX2X and later systems: On, Off
Turns the keyboard number lock on or off. This option is not replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --numlock=on numlock=on
ForceInt10
Table 90. ForceInt10
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Determines whether the system BIOS loads the legacy video (INT 10h) option ROM from the video controller or not. Set to Enabled if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards.
NOTE: This field is supported only in UEFI boot mode. This field cannot be set to
Enabled if UEFI SecureBoot is enabled.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ForceInt10=Enabled
InSystemCharacterization
Table 91. InSystemCharacterization
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled
Description In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until the next system restart. The
OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled , ISC does not run.
Example:
A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
60 SYSCFG
ReportKbdErr or rptkeyerr
Table 92. ReportKbdErr or rptkeyerr
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Report, Noreport
Description
Enables or disables the BIOS to report keyboard errors during POST. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --rptkeyerr=disable rptkeyerr=disable
DellAutoDiscovery
Table 93. DellAutoDiscovery
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X and later systems: PlatformDefault, AutoDiscovery, ManualControl
Allow BIOS to dynamically scan for PCIe devices rather than relying strictly on system slot definitions. The Platform Default setting will strictly follow the system slot definitions when configuring each PCIe slot.
The Auto Discovery setting will analyze the installed PCIe cards and determine the correct configuration for each slot. This may include bifurcation of the slot for multiple devices. Manual Control allows the user to override bifurcation settings for each slot.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DellAutoDiscovery=PlatformDefault
DellAutoDiscovery=AutoDiscovery
DellWyseP25BIOSAccess
Table 94. DellWyseP25BIOSAcess
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description This field enables or disables Remote user to access BIOS Setup via Dell Wyse
P25/P45 Portal. If P25/P45 BIOS Access is turned OFF, it cannot be turned back on remotely from the P25/P45. Turning this feature OFF will also prevent keyboard and mouse access to Diagnostics, Boot Options, and other Pre-OS functionality.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled
DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled
SYSCFG 61
One-Time Boot
You can manage the one time boot settings using the options in this group.
OneTimeBootMode
Table 95. OneTimeBootMode
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Disabled, OneTimeBootSeq, OneTimeHddSeq,
OneTimeUefiBoot Seq, OneTimeCustomBootSeqStr, OneTimeCustomH ddSeqStr, OneTimeCustomU efiBootSeqStr
Allows to set the one-time boot sequence.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootMode=Disabled
OneTimeBootMode=Disabled
OneTimeBootSeqDev or nextboot
Table 96. OneTimeBootSeqDev or nextboot
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: < valid device name > (from the bootseq option device list)
● On YX2X and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only. The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq
UEFI , the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 – VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
62 SYSCFG
Table 96. OneTimeBootSeqDev or nextboot (continued)
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
OneTimeHddSeqDev
Table 97. OneTimeHddSeqDev
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Determines the one-time boot hard disk when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to BIOS Hard-Disk Drive Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to UEFI , the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeHddSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 – VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Table 98. OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Determines the one-time boot device when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to
UEFI Boot Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to BIOS , the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to UEFI when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
SYSCFG 63
Table 98. OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 – VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Processor Settings
You can manage the processor settings using the options in this group.
DataReuse or datareuse
Table 99. DataReuse or datareuse
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X : enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables (default value) or disables data reuse in cache. Set to enable for High
Performance Computing (HPC) applications. Set to disable for energy efficiency.
This option can be replicated.
A:>syscfg --datareuse=enable datareuse=enable
DcuIpPrefetcher
Table 100. DcuIpPrefetcher
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Enables (default value) or disables DCU IP Prefetcher.
64 SYSCFG
Table 100. DcuIpPrefetcher (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled
DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled
DcuStreamerPrefetcher or dcustreamerprefetcher
Table 101. DcuStreamerPrefetcher or dcustreamerprefetcher
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables DCU Streamer Prefetcher. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dcustreamerprefetcher=enable dcustreamerprefetcher=enable
LogicalProc or logicproc
Table 102. LogicalProc or logicproc
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the logical processors of a system. When this option is set to
Enabled (default value), the BIOS reports all logical processors. When set to
Disabled , the BIOS only reports one logical processor per core. Each processor core supports maximum two logical processors. This option is available on all systems that support logical processing (Hyperthreading).
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --logicproc=enable logicproc=enable
Proc1Brand
Table 103. Proc1Brand
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior toYX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1Brand
SYSCFG 65
Proc1Id
Table 104. Proc1Id
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1Id
Proc1L2Cache
Table 105. Proc1L2Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1L2Cache
Proc1L3Cache
Table 106. Proc1L3Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1L3Cache
Proc1NumCores
Table 107. Proc1NumCores
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1NumCores
66 SYSCFG
Proc2Brand
Table 108. Proc2Brand
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2Brand
Proc2Id
Table 109. Proc2Id
Valid Arguments
Description
Proc2L3Cache
Table 111. Proc2L3Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2Id
Proc2L2Cache
Table 110. Proc2L2Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2L2Cache
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2L3Cache
SYSCFG 67
Proc2NumCores
Table 112. Proc2NumCores
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2NumCores
Proc3Brand
Table 113. Proc3Brand
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3Brand
Proc3Id
Table 114. Proc3Id
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3Id
Proc3L2Cache
Table 115. Proc3L2Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3L2Cache
68 SYSCFG
Proc3L3Cache
Table 116. Proc3L3Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3L3Cache
Proc3NumCores
Table 117. Proc3NumCores
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3NumCores
Proc4Brand
Table 118. Proc4Brand
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4Brand
Proc4Id
Table 119. Proc4Id
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4Id
SYSCFG 69
Proc4L2Cache
Table 120. Proc4L2Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4L2Cache
Proc4L3Cache
Table 121. Proc4L3Cache
Valid Arguments
Description
Proc64bit
Table 123. Proc64bit
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4L3Cache
Proc4NumCores
Table 122. Proc4NumCores
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4NumCores
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Specifies if the installed processor supports 64-bit extensions or not.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc64bit
70 SYSCFG
ProcAdjCacheLine or adjcacheprefetch
Table 124. ProcAdjCacheLine or adjcacheprefetch
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge systems: Enable, Disable
● On Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
When set to Enabled (default), the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of sequential memory access. When set to Disabled , the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of random memory access.
Example:
A:>syscfg --adjcacheprefetch=enable adjcacheprefetch=enable
ProcBusSpeed
Table 125. ProcBusSpeed
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Displays the bus speed of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcBusSpeed
ProcCores or cpucore
Table 126. ProcCores or cpucore
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge systems: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, all
● On Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge and later systems: single, all, dual, quad, 1,
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
Description
Controls the number of enabled cores in each processor. The default value is set to the maximum number of cores per processor. The number of cores depends on the processor. Reading the cpucore that is set to the highest value of number of cores displays as all.
For example, if six-core CPU is installed, after setting to the highest value, 6, when you read the cpucore, it displays as all.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpucore=1 cpucore=1
SYSCFG 71
ProcCoreSpeed
Table 127. ProcCoreSpeed
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Displays the clock speed of the processors.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcCoreSpeed
ProcExecuteDisable or cpuxdsupport
Table 128. ProcExecuteDisable or cpuxdsupport
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
● On Dell’s YX2X generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables the Execute Disable Memory Protection Technology feature of the CPU.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpuxdsupport=enable cpuxdsupport=enable
ProcHwPrefetcher or hwprefetcher
Table 129. ProcHwPrefetcher or hwprefetcher
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: enable, disable
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the hardware prefetcher. Processor preempts what data might be needed next, when set to enable . When some data is found, it loads several steps in advance.
Processor does not preempt, when set to disable .
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hwprefetcher=enable hwprefetcher=enable
72 SYSCFG
ProcVirtualization or virtualization
Table 130. ProcVirtualization or virtualization
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: enable, disable
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables virtualization in the CPU. When set to enable , it enables the additional hardware capabilities from Virtualization technology in applicable CPUs .
When set to disable , it disables the additional hardware capabilities from
Virtualization technology.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --virtualization=enable virtualization=enable
QpiBandwidthPriority or qpibandwidthpriority
Table 131. QpiBandwidthPriority or qpibandwidthpriority
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: compute, io
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: InputOutput, Compute
Description Sets the bandwidth priority to compute or io . Set to compute for computationintensive applications. Set to io for I/O intensive applications. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --qpibandwidthpriority=compute qpibandwidthpriority=compute
QpiSpeed
Table 132. QpiSpeed
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: MaxDataRate, 9GTps, 8GTps, 7GTps, 6GTps
Sets the speed of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --QpiSpeed=8GTps
QpiSpeed=8GTps
SYSCFG 73
RtidSetting
Table 133. RtidSetting
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
When set to Enabled , it allocates more (Requestor Transaction IDs) RTIDs to the remote socket thereby increasing cache performance between the sockets.
Example:
A:>syscfg --RtidSetting=Enabled
RtidSetting=Enabled
ProcnControlledTurbo
Table 134. ProcnControlledTurbo
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX3X systems: enable, disable
● On Dell’s YX3X and later systems: Disabled, ControlledTurboLimit,
ControlledTurboLimitMinus1, ControlledTurboLimitMinus2,
ControlledTurboLimitMinus3
Description
Controls the turbo engagement. Enable this option only if SysProfile is set to
PerfOptimized .
NOTE: The value of n in Proc n ControlledTurbo can be 1–4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1ControlledTurbo=Disabled
ProcConfigTdp
Table 135. ProcConfigTdp
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX3X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX3X and later systems: Nominal, Level1, Level2
Configures the Thermal Design Power (TDP).
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcConfigTdp=Nominal
ProcConfigTdp=Nominal
ProcX2Apic
Table 136. ProcX2Apic
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
74 SYSCFG
Table 136. ProcX2Apic (continued)
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the x2APIC mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcX2Apic=Enabled
ProcX2Apic=Enabled
SATA Settings
You can manage the BIOS SATA settings using the options in this group.
EmbSata or embsataraid
Table 137. EmbSata or embsataraid
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: off, combined, ata, ahci, raid, qdma
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, AtaMode, RaidMode, AhciMode
Description
Configures an embedded SATA RAID controller. This option can be replicated.
● off / Off — disables the embedded SATA RAID controller.
● combined — sets the SATA RAID controller to combined mode.
● ata / AtaMode — sets SATA RAID controller to ATA mode.
● ahci / AhciMode — sets ATA RAID controller to ahci mode.
● raid / RaidMode — sets SATA RAID controller to RAID mode.
● qdma — sets the SATA RAID controller to support ATAPI devices at transfer rates much higher than PIO. A device driver must be installed on your system to use the QDMA mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsataraid=off embsataraid=off
eSataPort1Capacity
Table 138. eSataPort1Capacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Capacity
SYSCFG 75
eSataPort1DriveType
Table 139. eSataPort1DriveType
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
Indicates the type of device attached to the embedded SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1DriveType
eSataPort1
Table 140. eSataPort1
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Sets the embedded SATA port1 to auto or off .
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1=Off eSataPort1=Off
eSataPort1Model
Table 141. eSataPort1Model
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Model
SataPortA or sata0
Table 142. SataPortA or sata0
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Sets the drive type of the selected device to off or auto This option can be replicated.
76 SYSCFG
Table 142. SataPortA or sata0 (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata0=auto sata0=auto
SataPortACapacity
Table 143. SataPortACapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortACapacity
SataPortADriveType
Table 144. SataPortADriveType
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortADriveType
SataPortAModel
Table 145. SataPortAModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortAModel
SYSCFG 77
SataPortB or sata1
Table 146. SataPortB or sata1
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Auto, Off
Turns the SATA port 1 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata1=auto sata1=auto
SataPortBCapacity
Table 147. SataPortBCapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBCapacity
SataPortBDriveType
Table 148. SataPortBDriveType
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBDriveType
SataPortBModel
Table 149. SataPortBModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
● On Dell’s 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
78 SYSCFG
Table 149. SataPortBModel (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBModel
Applicable Systems Dell’s 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortC or Sata2
Table 150. SataPortC or Sata2
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Turns the SATA port 2 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata2=auto sata2=auto
SataPortCCapacity
Table 151. SataPortCCapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCCapacity
SataPortCDriveType
Table 152. SataPortCDriveType
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCDriveType
SYSCFG 79
SataPortCModel
Table 153. SataPortCModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCModel
SataPortD or sata3
Table 154. SataPortD or sata3
Valid Arguments
Description
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Auto, Off
Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata3=auto sata3=auto
Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata3=auto sata3=auto
SataPortDCapacity
Table 155. SataPortDCapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDCapacity
80 SYSCFG
SataPortDDriveType
Table 156. SataPortDDriveType
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDDriveType
SataPortDModel
Table 157. SataPortDModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDModel
SataPortE or sata4
Table 158. SataPortE or sata4
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Turns the SATA port 4 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata4=auto sata4=auto
SataPortECapacity
Table 159. SataPortECapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
SYSCFG 81
Table 159. SataPortECapacity (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortECapacity
SataPortEDriveType
Table 160. SataPortEDriveType
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortEDriveType
SataPortEModel
Table 161. SataPortEModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortEModel
SataPortF or sata5
Table 162. SataPortF or sata5
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Turns the SATA port 5 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata5=auto sata5=auto
SataPortFCapacity
Table 163. SataPortFCapacity
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
82 SYSCFG
Table 163. SataPortFCapacity (continued)
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFCapacity
SataPortFDriveType
Table 164. SataPortFDriveType
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFDriveType
SataPortFModel
Table 165. SataPortFModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFModel
SataPortG or sata6
Table 166. SataPortG or sata6
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Turns the SATA port 6 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata6=auto sata6=auto
SYSCFG 83
SataPortGCapacity
Table 167. SataPortGCapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGCapacity
SataPortGDriveType
Table 168. SataPortGDriveType
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGDriveType
SataPortGModel
Table 169. SataPortGModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGModel
SataPortH or sata7
Table 170. SataPortH or sata7
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
84 SYSCFG
Table 170. SataPortH or sata7 (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto
Applicable Systems sata7=auto
All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortHCapacity
Table 171. SataPortHCapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHCapacity
SataPortHDriveType
Table 172. SataPortHDriveType
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHDriveType
SataPortHModel
Table 173. SataPortHModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel
SYSCFG 85
SataPortI or sata7
Table 174. SataPortI or sata7
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto
SataPortICapacity
Table 175. SataPortICapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortICapacity
SataPortIDriveType
Table 176. SataPortIDriveType
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortIDriveType
SataPortIModel
Table 177. SataPortIModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
86 SYSCFG
Table 177. SataPortIModel (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel
SataPortJ or sata7
Table 178. SataPortJModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: auto, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Off, Auto
Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off . This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto
SataPortJCapacity
Table 179. SataPortJCapacity
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJCapacity
SataPortJDriveType
Table 180. SataPortJDriveType
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJDriveType
SYSCFG 87
SataPortJModel
Table 181. SataPortJModel
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJModel
SecurityFreezeLock
Table 182. SecurityFreezeLock
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Sends the Security Freeze Lock command to the embedded SATA drives during power-on self-test (POST). The option is applicable only to ATA and AHCI, and not to RAID.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled
SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled
Serial Communication
You can manage the serial port settings using the options in this group.
ConTermType or conterm
Table 183. ConTermType or conterm
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: vt100, ansi
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Vt100, Vt220, Ansi
Description
Sets the console terminal type. On some systems, vt100 may also set the terminal type to vt220. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --conterm=vt100 conterm=vt100
88 SYSCFG
ExtSerialConnector or extserial
Table 184. ExtSerialConnector or extserial
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: com1, com2, rad
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Serial1, Serial2, RemoteAccDeviceDescription
Description
Sets the behavior of the external serial connector. When set to com1 , the BIOS maps the external serial connector to COM port 1. The com1 setting is the default.
When set to com2 , the external serial connector is routed to the COM2 interface.
Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system
(COM2) and the remote access device.
When set to rad , the external serial connector is routed to the remote access device interface. Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system ( COM2 ) and the remote access device.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --extserial=com1 extserial=com1
The --serialcomm option can be used with the external serial ( --extserial ) option instead of the --conred (available on systems earlier than PowerEdge 9G systems) option.
FailSafeBaud or fsbr
Table 185. FailSafeBaud or fsbr
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: 115200, 57600, 19200, 9600
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: 115200, 57600, 19200, 9600
Description
Sets the console redirection fail safe baud rate in bps. The BIOS attempts to determine the baud rate automatically. This failsafe baud rate is used only if the attempt fails.
Example:
A:>syscfg --fsbr=9600 fsbr=9600
RedirAfterBoot
Table 186. RedirAfterBoot
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Sets the BIOS console redirection to enable or disable when the operating system is loaded.
SYSCFG 89
Table 186. RedirAfterBoot (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --RedirAfterBoot=Enabled
RedirAfterBoot=Enabled
SerialComm or serialcomm
Table 187. SerialComm or serialcomm
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: on, com1cr, com2cr, off
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: OnNoConRedir, OnConRedirCom1,
OnConRedirCom2, Off
Description Enables or disables the serial communication devices (Serial Device 1 and Serial
Device 2) in BIOS.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SerialComm=OnNoConRedir
SerialComm=OnNoConRedir
SerialPortAddress or serialportaddrsel
Table 188. SerialPortAddress or serialportaddrsel
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: default, alternate
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Serial1Com1Serial2Com2,
Serial1Com2Serial2Com1, Com1, Com2
Description
Sets the port address of the serial devices.
On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems, when this option is default , Serial Device 1 is set to COM port 1 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 2.
On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems, when this option is alternate , Serial Device
1 is set to COM port 2 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 1.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serialportaddrsel=default serialportaddrsel=default
Slot Disablement
You can manage the slot disablement settings using the options in this group.
90 SYSCFG
Slot
n
Table 189. Slot n
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, BootDriverDisabled
Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot.
NOTE: The value of n in Slot n can be 1–10.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Slot1=Enabled
Slot1=Enabled
Slot
n
Bif
Table 190. Slot nBif
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X: x16, x4, x8, x4x4x8, x8x4x4
Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot. Where the value of n in Slot n can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Slot1Bif=x8
System Information
You can view the system configuration details using the options in this group.
SysMfrContactInfo
Table 191. SysMfrContactInfo
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the information for contacting the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMfrContactInfo
SystemBiosVersion or biosver
Table 192. SystemBiosVersion or biosver
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: Read-only
SYSCFG 91
Table 192. SystemBiosVersion or biosver (continued)
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the current revision of the system BIOS firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --biosver
SystemManufacturer
Table 193. SystemManufacturer
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
Displays the name of the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemManufacturer
SystemModelName
Table 194. SystemModelName
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Displays the product name of the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemModelName
SystemServiceTag or svctag or syssvctag
Table 195. SystemServiceTag or svctag or syssvctag
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: Read-only
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description
Displays the system service tag (a unique identifier assigned by the Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system).
NOTE: The syssvctag option reports the system service tag on a Blade system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --svctag
92 SYSCFG
SystemMeVersion
Table 196. SystemMeVersion
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX3X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX3X systems: Read-only
Displays the version of the Management Engine firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemMeVersion
UefiComplianceVersion
Table 197. UefiComplianceVersion
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the UEFI compliance level of the system firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UefiComplianceVersion
System Profile Settings
You can manage the system profile settings using the options in this group.
CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
Table 198. CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
When set to Enabled , the operating system demand based power management
(OS DBPM) and system demand based power management (System DBPM) controls the CPU power management. This feature can be enabled only when CPU power management ( ProcPwrPerf ) is set to system DBPM in Custom mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled
CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled
SYSCFG 93
MemFrequency or memorypowermode
Table 199. MemFrequency or memorypowermode
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: min, 978, 800, 1067, 1333, max
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: MaxPerf, 2133MHz, 1866MHz, 1600MHz,
1333MHz, 1067MHz, 800MHz, MaxReliability
Description Sets the speed of system memory.
NOTE: On systems prior to Dell’s 12th generation PowerEdge systems, memorypowermode is a suboption of
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemFrequency=MaxPerf
MemFrequency=MaxPerf
MemPatrolScrub
Table 200. MemPatrolScrub
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Standard, Extended, Disabled
Sets the Memory Patrol Scrub frequency as Standard Mode , Extended Mode , or Disabled .
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemPatrolScrub=Standard
MemPatrolScrub=Standard
MemRefreshRate
Table 201. MemRefreshRate
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: 1x, 2x
Sets the Memory Refresh Rate as 1x or 2x
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemRefreshRate=1x
MemRefreshRate=1x
94 SYSCFG
MemVolt
Table 202. MemVolt
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V, Volt135V
NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt and Volt135V represents 1.35 Volts.
Sets the DIMM voltage selection.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemVolt=AutoVolt
MemVolt=AutoVolt
MonitorMwait
Table 203. MonitorMwait
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables Monitor/Mwait instructions. You can disable Monitor/Mwait only when C state is disabled in Custom mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MonitorMwait=Enabled
MonitorMwait=Enabled
PowerSaver
Table 204. PowerSaver
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX3X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX3X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the power-saving Dell Active Power Controller (DAPC) algorithm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PowerSaver=Enabled
PowerSaver=Enabled
ProcC1E or cpucle
Table 205. ProcC1E or cpucle
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: enable, disable
● On Dell’s YX2X systems and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
SYSCFG 95
Table 205. ProcC1E or cpucle (continued)
Description
Enables or disables C1-E. By default, it is enabled. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpucle=enable cpucle=enable
ProcCStates or cstates
Table 206. ProcCStates /or cstates
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems
: enable, disable
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems
Description
: Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the power c states of the processor. When enabled, the processor can operate in all available power states.
A:>syscfg --cstates=enable cstates=enable
ProcPwrPerf or cpupowermode
Table 207. ProcPwrPerf or cpupowermode
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: min, max, osdbpm, systemdbpm
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: MaxPerf, MinPwr, SysDbpm, OsDbpm
Description Sets CPU Power Management to maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or System DBPM (DAPC).
NOTE: The cpupowermode option is a suboption of
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm
ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm
ProcTurboMode or turbomode
Table 208. ProcTurboMode or turbomode
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: enable, disable
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description
Enables or disables core-based turbo mode. Turbo mode is a feature on Intel processors that allows one processor core to increase the frequency by one bin
96 SYSCFG
Table 208. ProcTurboMode or turbomode (continued)
whenever the other core has gone into an idle state. When enabled, the processor can operate in Turbo Boost Mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --turbomode=enable
--turbomode=enable
SysProfile or profile
Table 209. SysProfile or profile
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: maxperformance, osctl, apc, custom
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: PerfPerWatt OptimizedOs, PerfPerWatt
OptimizedDapc, PerfOptimized, Custom, DenseCfg Optimized
Description
Configures the system power profile. When set to a mode other than custom, BIOS will set each option accordingly. When set to custom, you can change setting of each option.
NOTE: On systems prior to Dell’s 12th generation PowerEdge systems, profile is a sub-option of
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --profile=maxperformance profile=maxperformance
EnergyEfficientTurbo
Table 210. EnergyEfficientTurbo
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX3X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX3X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Energy Efficient Turbo (EET). EET is a mode of operation where the core frequency of a processor is adjusted within the turbo range based on workload.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled
EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled
Proc
n
TurboCoreNum
Table 211. Proc nTurboCoreNum
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’sYX3X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX3X and later systems: All, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
Description
Sets the number of Turbos Boost-enabled cores for a processor. By default, the maximum number of cores per processor is enabled.
SYSCFG 97
Table 211. Proc nTurboCoreNum (continued)
NOTE: The value of n in Proc n TurboCoreNum can be 0–3.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1TurboCoreNum=6
Proc1TurboCoreNum=6
EnergyPerformanceBias
Table 212. EnergyPerformanceBias
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX3X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX3X and later systems: MaxPower, BalancedPerformance,
BalancedEfficiency, LowPower
Description
Sets the Energy Efficient Policy. The CPU uses this setting to control the internal behavior of the processor and to determine whether to target higher performance or better power savings.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EnergyPerformanceBias=MaxPower
UncoreFrequency
Table 213. UncoreFrequency
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to Dell’s YX3X systems: NA
● On Dell’s YX3X and later systems: DynamicUFS, MaxUFS, MinUFS
Sets the processor uncore frequency. Dynamic mode allows the processor to optimize power resources across the cores and uncore during runtime. The optimization of the uncore frequency to either save power or to optimize the performance is dependent on the EnergyPerformanceBias option setting.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UncoreFrequency=DynamicUFS
System Security
You can manage the system security properties of the BIOS using the options in this group.
AcPwrRcvry or acpower
Table 214. AcPwrRcvry acpower
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to Dell’s YX2X systems: on, off, last
● On Dell’s YX2X and later systems: On, Off, Last
Description Sets the behavior for the system after AC power is lost. This option specifies how the system responds to the restoration of AC power and is particularly useful in
98 SYSCFG
Table 214. AcPwrRcvry acpower (continued)
systems that are turned off using a power strip. When set to on , the system turns on after AC is restored. When set to off , the system does not turn on after AC is restored. When set to last , the system turns on if the system was on when AC power was lost; if the system was off when AC power was lost, the system remains off when power is restored. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --acpower=on acpower=on
AcPwrRcvryDelay
Table 215. AcPwrRcvryDelay
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Immediate, User, Random
Specifies how the system supports the staggering of power-up after AC power has been restored to the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate
AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate
AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
Table 216. AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: < integer >
Description
Controls the user defined AC Recovery Delay. The delay must be in the range of 60 seconds to 240 seconds.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60
AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60
AesNi
Table 217. AesNi
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Displays the current status of Intel Processor AES-NI feature.
SYSCFG 99
Table 217. AesNi (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --AesNi=Enabled
AesNi=Enabled
IntelTxt or inteltxt
Table 218. IntelTxt or inteltxt
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: On, Off
Turns the Trusted Execution Technology on or off. To enable Intel TXT, VT must be enabled, and the TPM must be enabled with pre-boot measurements and activated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --inteltxt=enable inteltxt=enable
NOTE: To enable the Intel TXT option in a supported processor, make sure that the:
● Virtualization technology in Processor setting is enabled.
● TPM module is installed and initialed as OK by BIOS.
● TPM security in System security is set to on with pre-boot measurements .
● User password is not set.
NmiButton or nmibutton
Table 219. NmiButton or nmibutton
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) button on the front panel.
The NMI button can be used to alert the operating system in certain cases.
NOTE: This option configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and
Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.
Example:
A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable nmibutton=enable
100 SYSCFG
PasswordStatus or pwdlock
Table 220. PasswordStatus or pwdlock
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: lock, unlock
● On YX2X and later systems: Locked, Unlocked
Description
Locks the system password. To prevent the system password from being modified, set this option to locked and enable setup password. This field also prevents the system password from being disabled by the user while the system boots.
Example:
A:>syscfg --pwdlock=lock pwdlock=lock
PwrButton or powerbutton
Table 221. PwrButton or powerbutton
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: enable, disable
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the power button on the front panel.
Example:
A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable powerbutton=enable
SetupPassword or setuppwd
Table 222. SetupPassword or setuppwd
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: read-only
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Description
Sets the setup password for the BIOS. The setup password locks the BIOS F2 screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current setup password is set, it must be given through the oldsetuppwd option.
This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see
Example:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword
The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -oldsetuppwd=currentpassword
SYSCFG 101
Table 222. SetupPassword or setuppwd (continued)
The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 3:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -oldsetuppwd=currentpassword
The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
SysPassword or syspwd
Table 223. SysPassword or syspwd
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: read-only
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Description
.
Sets the system password for the BIOS. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password.
Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current system password is set, it must be given through the oldsyspwd option. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see
Command Line Option Delimiters .
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=password
The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=password --oldsyspwd=password
The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system
NOTE: You cannot disable your password using DTK. To disable your password, you must use the system BIOS.
SystemCpldVersion
Table 224. SystemCpldVersion
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the current revision of the Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD) of the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemCpldVersion
102 SYSCFG
TcmActivation or tcmactivation
Table 225. TcmActivation or tcmactivation
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to 12G: enabled, disabled, and nochange
● On 12G systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate
Description
Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Cryptography Module
(TCM). This field is read-only when TCM Security is set to Off .
NOTE: The tcmactivation option is a sub-option of
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tcmactivation=enabled
Applicable Systems tcmactivation=enabled
All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
TcmClear or tcmclear
Table 226. TcmClear or tcmclear
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX3X: Yes, No
● On YX3X systems: NA
Description CAUTION: Clearing the TCM will cause loss of all keys in the TCM. This could affect booting of the operating system.
When set to Yes , all the contents of the TCM will be cleared. This field is read-only when TCMSecurity is set to Off .
NOTE: The tcmclear option is a sub-option of
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TcmClear=Yes
TcmClear=Yes
TcmSecurity or tcmsecurity
Table 227. TcmSecurity or tcmsecurity
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: on, off
● On YX2X and later systems: On, Off
Description
Controls the reporting of the Trusted Cryptography Module (TCM) in the system.
NOTE: The tcmsecurity
.
SYSCFG 103
Table 227. TcmSecurity or tcmsecurity (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --tcmsecurity=on tcmsecurity=on
TpmActivation or tpmactivation
Table 228. TpmActivation or tpmactivation
Valid Arguments ● On systems prior to YX2X: enabled, disabled, nochange
● On YX2X systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate
Description Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Platform Module
(TPM). This field is read-only when TPM Security is set to Off .
NOTE: The tpmactivation option is a sub-option of
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmactivation=enabled tpmactivation=enabled
TpmClear or tpmclear
Table 229. TpmClear or tpmclear
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X systems: Yes, No
Description CAUTION: Clearing the TPM will cause loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting of the operating system.
When set to Yes , all the contents of the TPM will be cleared. This field is read-only when
TCMSecurity is set to Off .
NOTE: The tpmclear
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmClear=Yes
TpmClear=Yes
TpmSecurity or tpmsecurity
Table 230. TpmSecurity or tpmsecurity
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX2X: off, onwithpbm, onwithoutpbm
● On YX2X and later systems: Off, OnPbm, OnNoPbm
104 SYSCFG
Table 230. TpmSecurity or tpmsecurity (continued)
Description
Controls the reporting of the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) in the system.
NOTE: The tpmsecurity option is a sub-option of
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmsecurity=off tpmsecurity=off
TpmStatus
Table 231. TpmStatus
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: read-only
Displays the current status of TPM.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmStatus
TpmInfo
Table 232. TpmInfo
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: read-only
Displays the TPM type and firmware version.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmInfo
TpmCommand
Table 233. TpmCommand
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: None, Activate, Deactivate, Clear
Configures the Trusted Platform Module (TPM).
● None
— Commands are not sent to the TPM.
● Activate — TPM is enabled.
● Deactivate — TPM is disabled.
● Clear — All the contents of TPM are cleared.
SYSCFG 105
Table 233. TpmCommand (continued)
NOTE: This field is read-only when TpmSecurity is set to Off .
CAUTION: Clearing TPM results in loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting to operating system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmCommand=Activate
SecureBoot
Table 234. SecureBoot
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Enabled.
Enables the BootSeqRetry feature. When set to Enabled, the system re-attempts the boot sequence after a 30-second timeout, if the last boot attempt has failed.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBoot=Enabled
SecureBoot=Enabled
SecureBootPolicy
Table 235. SecureBootPolicy
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2X and later systems: Standard, Custom
Sets the process to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Standard , the
BIOS uses the system manufacturer keys and certificates to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Custom , the BIOS uses user-defined keys and certificates. The default value is Standard .
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBootPolicy=Standard
SecureBootPolicy=Standard
UefiVariableAccess
Table 236. UefiVariableAccess
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX3X: NA
● On YX3X and later systems: Standard, Controlled
Secures the UEFI variables. When set to Standard , the UEFI variables are accessible from the operating system as per the UEFI specification. When set to
Controlled , selected UEFI variables are protected in the operating system and new UEFI boot entries are pushed to the end of the current boot order.
106 SYSCFG
Table 236. UefiVariableAccess (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --UefiVariableAccess=Standard
UefiVariableAccess=Standard
SecureBootMode
Table 237. SecureBootMode
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: NA
● On YX4X and later systems: UserMode, DeployedMode.
This feature configures the BIOS uses the Secure Boot Policy Objects — PK, KEK, db, dbx. In Setup Mode and Audit Mode, PK is not present, and BIOS does not authenticate programmatic updates to the policy objects.
In User Mode and Deployed Mode, PK is present, and BIOS performs signature verification on programmatic attempts to update policy objects.
Deployed Mode is the most secure mode. Use Setup, Audit, or User Mode when provisioning the system, then use Deployed Mode for normal operation. Available mode transitions depend on the current mode and PK presence.
In Audit Mode, the BIOS performs signature verification on preboot images and logs results in the Image Execution Information Table, but executes the images whether they pass or fail verification. Audit Mode is useful for programmatically determining a working set of policy objects.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBootMode=UserMode
SecureBootMode=UserMode
TpmPpiBypassClear
Table 238. TpmPpiBypassClear
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX4X: N/A
● On YX4X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence
Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface (ACPI) clear operations.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassClear=Enabled tpmPpiBypassClear=Enabled
TpmPpiBypassProvision
Table 239. TpmPpiBypassProvision
Valid Arguments
● On systems prior to YX4X: N/A
SYSCFG 107
Table 239. TpmPpiBypassProvision (continued)
● On YX4X and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence
Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface (ACPI) provisioning operations.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassProvision=Enabled tpmPpiBypassProvision=Enabled
UEFI Boot Settings
You can manage the UEFI settings using the options in this group.
UefiBootSeq
Table 240. UefiBootSeq
Valid Arguments
Description
● On systems prior to YX2X: NA
● On YX2Xand later systems: list of device names separated by commas
Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a UEFI boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the UefiBootSeq. The first option in the list is attempted first. If the first option is not successful, the second option is attempted, and so on. The system attempts to launch only the enabled boot options and does not launch disabled boot options. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to
UEFI and has no effect when bootmode is set to BIOS .
NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.
DTKTORACADM
The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments: Microsoft
Windows and Linux operating systems. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER
\windows_scripts.lst for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/Converter/ linux_scripts.lst
for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts .
Table 241. DTKTORACADM Command on Windows Operating System
Valid Arguments
Description dtktoracadm.exe
or dtktoracadm.exe windows_scripts.lst debug
On systems running Windows operating system, run the command, where windows_scripts.lst
is the input file which contains the list of path to run the
RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
108 SYSCFG
Table 242. DTKTORACADM Command on Linux Operating System
Valid Arguments python dtktoracadm.py
or python dtktoracadm.py linux_scripts.lst
debug
Description On the system running Linux operating system, in the prompt type the command, where linux_scripts.lst is the input which contains the list of path to run the RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.
Applicable Systems
All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map
. For more information see, Dell EMC OpenManage
Deployment Toolkit User's Guide or Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide . The following table lists the set of commands available:
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
Group SYSCFG Commands iDRAC Settings lcp --dnsdhcp
Equivalent RACADM Commands iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP
lcp --domainname lcp --dnsracname lcp --dnsregisterrac
--idractype
--autoneg
--gateway
--ipaddress
--macaddress
--nicselectionfailover
--subnetmask
--vlanid
--dnsserver1v6
--dnsserver2v6
--gatewayv6
--ipv6address1
--ipv6address2
--linklocaladdrv6
--prefixlengthv6
--connectionmode
--msgcommbitrate
--msgcommflowctrl
--tmcfghandshakectrl
--tmcfglineediting
--tmcfgnewlineseq
--solcharaccuminterval
--solbitrate
--solprivlevel iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName
iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName
iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister
iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg
iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway
iDRAC.IPv4.Address
iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres
iDRAC.NIC.Failover
iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask
iDRAC.NIC.VLanID
get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1
get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2
iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway
iDRAC.IPv6.Address1
iDRAC.IPv6.Address2
iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress
iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength
iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode
iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat
iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl
iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl
iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit
iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq
iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval
iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate
iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege
SYSCFG 109
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands
--solcharsendthreshold
Equivalent RACADM Commands iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold
BIOS Option Settings --HddSeq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
Integrated Devices
Memory Settings
Miscellaneous Settings
Processor Settings
--BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqdd n
--SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd n
--EmbVideo
--IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid
--InternalUsb
--OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable
--Usb3Setting
--DynamicCoreAllocation
--CorrEccSmi
--MemTest
--NodeInterleave
--memopmode
--videomem
--sysmemvolt
--sysmemtype
--sysmemspeed
--sysmemsize
--memoperatingmode
--AssetTag
--ErrPrompt
--NumLock
--ForceInt10
--insystemcharacterization
--DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc
--ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting
BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation
BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi
BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
BIOS.memsettings.VideoMem
BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt
BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType
BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed
BIOS.memsettings.SysMemSize
BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
110 SYSCFG
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands
--ProcVirtualization
Equivalent RACADM Commands
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
SATA Settings
--RtidSetting
--ProcX2Apic
--cpucore
--cpuspeed
--logicproc
--proc1brand
--proc1id
--proc1l2cache
--proc1l3cache
--proc1numcores
--proc2brand
--proc2id
--proc2l2cache
--proc2l3cache
--proc2numcores
--proc64bit
--procadjcacheline
--procbusspeed
--proccorespeed
--qpispeed
--procconfigtdp
--WriteCache
--SecurityFreezeLock
--embsata
--sata0
--sata1
--sata2
--sata3
--sata4
--sata5
--sata7
--sataporta
--sataportb
--sataportc
--sataportd
--sataporte
BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache
BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores
BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit
BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed
BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp
BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache
BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
SYSCFG 111
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands
--sataportf
Equivalent RACADM Commands
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
Serial Communication
Slot Disablement
System Information
System Security
System Power
--sataportg
--sataportgmodel
--sataportgdrivetype
--sataportgcapacity
--sataporth
--sataporthmodel
--sataporthdrivetype
--sataporthcapacity
--sataporti
--sataportimodel
--sataportidrivetype
--sataporticapacity
--sataportj
--sataportjmodel
--sataportjdrivetyp
--sataportjcapacity
--ConTerrmType
--ExtSerialConnector
--FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot
--Slot n
--svctag
--AcPwrRcvryDelay
--PwrButton
--SetupPassword
--SysPassword
--maxpowercap
--minpowercap
--capenable
--nmibutton
--powerbutton
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slot
n
BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold
System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold
System.Power.Cap.Enable
BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton
BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
SYSCFG Options On PowerEdge Systems Prior To PowerEdge
YX2X Systems
The following are the valid options and arguments supported on PowerEdge systems earlier than PowerEdge YX2X systems.
112 SYSCFG
assignintr
Table 244. assignintr
Valid Arguments
Description standard, distributed
Controls the interrupt assignment of PCI devices in the system. This option is set to standard by default, causing standard interrupt routing that uses interrupt A, B, C, and D for all PCIe devices. When set to distributed , the interrupt routing is swizzled at the MCH root ports to minimize sharing of interrupts across all PCIe (and PCI-X in the Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC) mode) devices.
Example:
A:>syscfg --assignintr=standard assignintr=standard
bezelir
Table 245. bezelir
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables the ESM to monitor and log front bezel intrusion conditions.
Example:
A:>syscfg --bezelir=enable bezelir=enable
cmosdefaults
Table 246. cmosdefaults
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables the request for a default CMOS value during the next reboot.
A:>syscfg --cmosdefaults=enable cmosdefaults=enable
conboot
Table 247. conboot
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables configuring or reporting of console redirection after reboot. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 113
Table 247. conboot (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --conboot=enable conboot=enable
coreperformanceboost
Table 248. coreperformanceboost
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the AMD Core Performance Boost feature. When enabled, it allows higher performance power states if additional power is available to the CPU.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --coreperformanceboost=enable coreperformanceboost=enable
dbpm
Table 249. dbpm
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables demand-based power management. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dbpm=enable dbpm=enable
embhypervisor
Table 250. embhypervisor
Valid Arguments
Description off, on
Turns on or off the embedded hypervisor port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embhypervisor=on embhypervisor=on
114 SYSCFG
embideraid
Table 251. embideraid
Valid Arguments
Description on, off
Turns on or off the embedded IDE RAID controller. This option is only valid for supported systems that have IDE ROMB. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embideraid=on embideraid=on
embnic1pxe
Table 252. embnic1pxe
Valid Arguments
Description
embnic2pxe
Table 253. embnic2pxe
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the second embedded
NIC. If PXE is disabled, the second NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the second NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic2 option. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic2pxe=enable embnic2pxe=enable
embnics
Table 254. embnics
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the first embedded
NIC. If PXE is disabled, the first NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the first NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 option. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1pxe=enable embnic1pxe=enable enable, disable
Turns both the embedded NICs on or off. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 and embnic2 options. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 115
Table 254. embnics (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnics=enable
--embnics=enable
embscsi1
Table 255. embscsi1
Valid Arguments
Description on, off
Turns the first embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported systems that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsi1=on embscsi1=on
embscsi2
Table 256. embscsi2
Valid Arguments
Description on, off
Turns the second embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported systems that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsi2=on embscsi2=on
embscsiraid
Table 257. embscsiraid
Valid Arguments
Description raid, off, scsi
Sets the specified value for the SCSI RAID controller. This option is only valid for supported systems that have SCSI ROMB. Some systems do not support the scsi argument. This option can be replicated.
CAUTION: If you change the controller from SCSI to RAID mode, data loss may occur. Backup any data you must save before changing modes.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid embscsiraid=raid
116 SYSCFG
embscsiraidchb
Table 258. embscsiraidchb
Valid Arguments
Description raid, scsi
Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid embscsiraidchb=raid
embscsiraidchb
Table 259. embscsiraidchb
Valid Arguments
Description raid, scsi
Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid embscsiraidchb=raid
fiberchannel
Table 260. fiberchannel
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables embedded fiber channel. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --fiberchannel=enable fiberchannel=enable
floppy
Table 261. floppy
Option
Valid Arguments
Description
--floppy auto, off, readonly
Sets the diskette drive controller to auto , off , or readonly . This option is available on all supported systems that have a supported diskette drive. This option can be replicated
SYSCFG 117
Table 261. floppy (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --floppy=auto floppy=auto
formfactor
Table 262. formfactor
Valid Arguments
Description read-only
Displays the geometry of PowerEdge Blade systems. The option can have the following values: halfheight (the Blade systems occupies 1 slot of the chassis), halfheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 2 horizontal slots of the chassis), fullheight (the Blade system occupies 2 vertical slots of the chassis), fullheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 4 slots of the chassis) and quarterheight
(the Blade systems occupies half slot of the chassis).
Example:
A:>syscfg --formfactor=fullheight, dualwide formfactor=fullheight, dualwide
hpcmode
Table 263. hpcmode
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables the High Performance Computing (HPC) Mode. When set to enable , the HPC is enabled utilizing only the high frequency P-State settings. When set to disable (default value), all P-States inherent to the CPU are used.
To fully enable HPC Mode, set the power management to custom, cpu power and performance management to OsDbpm, and fan power and performance management to maximum performance.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hpcmode=enable hpcmode=enable
htassist
Table 264. htassist
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables the Probe Filter chipset option. Some applications may have lower performance when the chipset feature is disabled.
118 SYSCFG
Table 264. htassist (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --htassist=enable htassist=enable
idecdrom
Table 265. idecdrom
Valid Arguments
Description auto, off
Turns the CD drive on or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --idecdrom=auto idecdrom=auto
idracgui
Table 266. idracgui
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables and disables the iDRAC GUI. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --idracgui=disable idracgui=disable
lcd1
Table 267. lcd1
Option
--lcd1
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
< string >
Description
Sets the first line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For
more information on delimiters, see Command
NOTE: Before setting user strings for -lcd1 , ensure that --lcd is set to user .
SYSCFG 119
lcd2
Table 268. lcd2
Option
--lcd1
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
< string >
Description
Sets the second line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For
more information on delimiters, see Command
lpt
Table 269. lpt
Valid Arguments
Description lpt1, lpt2, lpt3, disable
Configures or reports the I/O address of the LPT (parallel) port. This option is available on all supported systems with an LPT port. This option is recorded to an output file for replication.
Example:
A:>syscfg --lpt=lpt1 lpt=lpt1
memdynamicpower
Table 270. memdynamicpower
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables the dynamic memory power states. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memdynamicpower=enable memdynamicpower=enable
memintleave
Table 271. memintleave
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables the memory interleave mode. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memintleave=enable memintleave=enable
NOTE: The memintleave option is same as Nodeinterleave option. For more information, see
120 SYSCFG
memremap
Table 272. memremap
Valid Arguments
Description off, auto
Sets the memory remapping to off or auto .
Example:
A:>syscfg --memremap=off memremap=off
mouse
Table 273. mouse
Valid Arguments
Description on, off
Turns the mouse controller on or off.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --mouse=off
mouse=off
noraidprompt
Table 274. noraidprompt
Valid Arguments
Description
NA
Specifies that the BIOS must not prompt for confirmation when changing the mode of a RAID controller. This option can only be used with the --embscsiraid or -embscsiraidchb options.
Without this option, the user is prompted during POST to confirm the change of a
RAID controller from RAID (SCSI) to SCSI (RAID). This option is not replicated.
CAUTION: When changing a RAID controller from SCSI to RAID or from
RAID to SCSI, data is lost on the affected hard drives. The warning message for this data is not displayed if you use the --noraidprompt option. To avoid data loss, back up any information on the hard drives before changing the type of controller used with the drives
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid --noraidprompt embscsiraid=raid
SYSCFG 121
oldsetuppwd
Table 275. oldsetuppwd
Valid Arguments
Description
< string >
Allows to set a new setup password if a setup password is already present on the system. The setup password locks the BIOS setup screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the current password. If this password is not correct, the new setup password is not applied to the system. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is
not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option
Example:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -oldsetuppwd=currentpassword
The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
oldsyspwd
Table 276. oldsyspwd
Valid Arguments
Description
< string >
Supplies the current system password for the BIOS. This option is only given when setting the new system password. If this password does not match the current system password, the new password is not applied to the system. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters see
Command Line Option Delimiters
.
Example1:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=< anotherpassword > -oldsyspwd=< password >
The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=< asyspassword > -oldsyspwd=< currentpassword >
The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
opticaldrivectrl
Table 277. opticaldrivectrl
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables the optical CD-ROM controller.
122 SYSCFG
Table 277. opticaldrivectrl (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --opticaldrivectrl=enable opticaldrivectrl=enable
power
Table 278. power
Valid Arguments
Description
NA
For details about the power suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For Power
.
remflashmedia
Table 279. remflashmedia
Valid Arguments
Description read-only
Displays the redundancy status of internal dual SD module. The status can be:
● Full — Secure digital card (SD) 1 and 2 are functioning properly.
● Lost — Either any of the secure digital cards or both are not functioning properly.
The option also displays the status of the individual SD cards as follows:
● Active — The card is used for secure digital reads.
● Standby — The card is receiving a copy of all secure digital reads.
● Failed — An error is reported during a secure digital read or write.
● Absent — No secure digital media is detected.
● Offline — At boot, card identification signature is different from the non-volatile storage value or card is the destination of a copying operation that is in progress.
● Write Protected — The card is write-protected.
Example:
A:>syscfg --remflashmedia
Internal Dual SD ModuleRedundancy=Lost
SD1 status=Absent
SD1 status=Active
redmem
Table 280. redmem
Valid Arguments
Description off, spare, mirror, DDDC
Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 123
Table 280. redmem (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off
serial1
Table 281. serial1
Valid Arguments
Description disable, com1, com3, com1_bmc, bmcserial, bmclan, rac
Configures or reports the first serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.
● bmcserial — maps serial port 1 to BMC Serial.
● bmclan — routes the serial traffic destined for serial1 out to NIC1.
● com1_bmc — maps serial port 1 to COM port 1 BMC.
● rac — maps serial port 1 to the RAC device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serial1=rac serial1=rac
serial2
Table 282. serial2
Valid Arguments
Description auto, disable, com2, com4
Configures or reports the second serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serial2=rac serial2=rac
slotname
Table 283. slotname
Valid Arguments
Description read-only
Reports the slot name of the blade.
Example:
A:>syscfg --slotname slotname=Slot5
124 SYSCFG
sma
Table 284. sma
Valid Arguments
Description
sysrev
Table 285. sysrev
Valid Arguments
Description
tcm
Table 286. tcm
Option
Valid Arguments
Description
tpm
Table 287. tpm
Valid Arguments
Description
usb
Table 288. usb
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables processor sequential memory access.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sma=disable sma=disable read-only
Reports the system revision.
tcm
NA
For details about the tcm
suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For tcm
.
NA
For details about the tpm suboptions and arguments, see
.
on, legacy, off
Sets or reports the status of the USB port. When set to on , USB keyboards and mice function only for systems with operating systems that have native USB support. When set to legacy , USB keyboards and mice are supported through the
BIOS to function in operating systems that do not natively support USB. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 125
Table 288. usb (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --usb=on usb=on
usbflash
Table 289. usbflash
Valid Arguments
Description auto, fdd, hdd
Sets or reports the emulation for an USB flash device. The USB flash device can be set to emulate a hard drive ( HDD ) or a diskette drive ( FDD ). This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --usbflash=auto usbflash=auto
vflash
Table 290. vflash
Valid Arguments
Description enable, disable
Enables or disables vflash on iDRAC.
Example:
A:>syscfg --vflash=enable vflash=enable
Sub Options And Arguments For power Option
Table 291. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option
Option Sub-option Arguments power --profile < powerprofile > where powerprofile can be maxperformance, osctl, apc
Description
Displays the settings similar to the BIOS setup screen for the respective profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.
If power profiles are not available on the platform, an error message is displayed.
A:>syscfg power-profile=maxperformance -setuppwdoverride
126 SYSCFG
Table 291. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments custom
Description
Creates the custom profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -setuppwdoverride
--cpupowermode min, max, osdbpm, systemdbpm
Allows you to set the CPU power and performance management to minimum power, maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or system
DBPM mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -cpupowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
--memorypowermode min, 978, 800, 1067,
1333, max
Allows you to set memory power and performance management to minimum power mode, maximum power mode, 978 Mhz, 800 Mhz, 1067 Mhz, or 1333 Mhz.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -memorypowermode=min -setuppwdoverride
--fanpowermode min, max Allows you to set the fan algorithm to the minimum power optimized or maximum performance optimized mode.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -fanpowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
NOTE: Set the value of profile to custom to change the values of cpupowermode , memorypowermode , and fanpowermode .
--profile
--cap
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
NA Displays the profile set and the respective profile parameters.
Displays the values of budgetcap, and the maximum and minimum power thresholds in Watts.
--cap<budgetcap>
--unit<unit>
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
< budgetcap > is the limit for power consumption in Watts, or btuphr, or percent.
< unit > is the unit of the
< budgetcap > value and can be watt, or btuphr, or percent.
The value of <budgetcap> must be between the maximum and minimum threshold values, else an error is displayed. If the value is less than the minimum threshold value, a warning message appears.
If the unit is btuphr, it is converted in to Watts using the formula Watt = BTU/hr /3.413
. If the unit is percent, the formula is Power Cap (Watts) = [Power supply rating for input power (Watts) - Min potential power (Watts)] * Power Cap (%) + Min potential power (Watts)]
SYSCFG 127
Table 291. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg power --cap=< value > -unit=watt --setuppwdoverride
--maxpowercap
--minpowercap
--valsetuppwd < string >
Displays the value of the maximum power threshold.
Displays the value of the minimum power threshold.
Validates the setup password for power authentication.
If you try to change the DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see
Command Line Option Delimiters
.
A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance --valsetuppwd=
<setup_password>
-setuppwdoverride
NA
Does not prompt you for a password to access the DTK settings on systems that do not have a setup password configured.
A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance –setuppwdoverride
Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option
Table 292. Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option
Option Sub-option Arguments tcm --tcmsecurity off on
Description
Does not report the presence of TCM to the operating system.
Reports the presence of TCM to the operating system.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmsecurity=off
--tcmactivation
--tcmclear enabled disabled nochange
NA
Enables and activates the TCM feature.
Disables and deactivates the TCM feature.
Does not alter the operational state of the TCM feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled
Clears the contents of the TCM chip without erasing the tcmsecurity and tcmactivation settings.
128 SYSCFG
Table 292. Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm -tcmactivation=enabled --tcmclear -setuppwdoverride
--tcmundoclear NA
Cancels the result of the tcmclear setting.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm -tcmactivation=enabled --tcmundoclear
--setuppwdoverride
Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option
The following table lists the sub-options and arguments for the tpm option.
Table 293. Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option
Option tpm
Sub-option
--tpmsecurity
Arguments off onwithpbm onwithoutpbm
Description
Does not report the presence of TPM to the operating system.
Directs the BIOS to store the TCG compliant measurements to the TPM during a POST operation.
Directs the BIOS to bypass the preboot measurements.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -tpmsecurity=onwithoutpbm
--tpmactivation enabled disabled nochange
--setuppwdoverride
Enables and activates the TPM feature.
Disables and deactivates the TPM feature.
Does not alter the operational state of the TPM feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -tpmactivation=enabled -setuppwdoverride
NOTE: You cannot set tpmactivation when tpmsecurity is set to off .
NOTE: After setting tpmactivation to enabled or disabled , if you reboot your system, DTK displays the TPM Configuration Honoured system will reset and the system reboots again message and reboots .
NOTE: When you set tpmactivation to enabled or disabled , DTK displays the value of
SYSCFG 129
Table 293. Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments Description tpmactivation as nochange . However, the TPM feature is activated/deactivated when you reboot the system.
--tpmclear NA Clears the contents of the TPM chip without erasing the tpmsecurity and tpmactivation settings.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -tpmactivation=enabled --tpmclear -setuppwdoverride
--undotpmclear NA
Cancels the result of the tpmclear setting. If you specify this setting before specifying the tpmclear setting, the There is currently no pending
TPM Clear request message is displayed.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -tpmactivation=enabled --undotpmclear
--setuppwdoverride
--valsetuppwd < string > Validates the setup password for TPM authentication.
If you try to change DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see
.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -tpmactivation=enabled --tpmclear -valsetuppwd=<setup_password>
-setuppwdoverride
NA On systems that do not have a setup password configured, if you set this option, you are not prompted for a password to access DTK settings.
A:>syscfg tpm -tpmactivation=enabled --tpmclear -setuppwdoverride
SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller
Configuration
SYSCFG configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.
NOTE: For options that use text strings such as username, password, hostname, and community string, using some characters such as <space>, <, >, | , or = on the command line can be misinterpreted by the command line parser and cause errors.
NOTE: The following options or arguments are also applicable to DRAC 5.
130 SYSCFG
The following tables document valid options, sub-options, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option and suboption. Options, sub-options, and arguments are case-sensitive. All options, sub-options, and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless explicitly stated otherwise. Some features that must be noted while reading this section are:
● Unless otherwise specified, all sub-options to options are optional.
● If a sub-option is not specified for an option, all valid sub-option values are displayed for the option. If sub-options are specified, then only those suboptions are reported.
● Wherever options or sub-options take empty strings as input, the string NULL should be input. For example, options such as username and suboptions such as commstring and hostname can take an empty string as input.
bmcversion
Table 294. bmcversion options
Option bmcversion
Sub-option Valid Arguments
--devid
--devrevision
NA
NA
--majorfwversion NA
--minorfwversion NA
Description
Displays the version information for the BMC and the BMC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.
Reports the BMC device ID.
Reports the BMC device revision.
Reports the BMC device major firmware revision.
Reports the BMC device minor firmware revision.
Example:
A:>syscfg bmcversion devid=32 devrevision=0 majorfwversion=0 minorfwversion=40
chassistype
Table 295. chassistype
Option Sub-option
--chassistype*
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Identifies the Chassis Management Controller
(CMC). The possible values are 9 (M1000e) ,
10 (VRTX) , and 0 (others) .
Example:
A:>syscfg -- chassistype chassistype=10 (VRTX)
clearsel
Table 296. clearsel
Option
--clearsel*
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Clears the System Event Log (SEL). This option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG 131
Table 296. clearsel
Option Sub-option
controlpanelaccess
Table 297. controlpanelaccess
Option Sub-option
--controlpanelaccess NA
Valid Arguments viewandmodify, viewonly, disabled
Description
Sets or gets the access level for the Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD).
Example:
A:>syscfg -- controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify
deviceguid
Table 298. deviceguid
Option Sub-option
--deviceguid*
NA
Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg -- clearsel
Clearing SEL...
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Displays the GUID for the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg--deviceguid deviceguid=XXXXXXXXXX
encryptkey
Table 299. encryptkey
Option
--encryptkey
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
< hexadecimal number >
Description
Encrypts the IPMI sessions.
The hexadecimal number entered as an argument is case insensitive although the value returned by the encryptkey option is always in uppercase.
The value returned is appended with zeroes so that it is always 40 characters long.
132 SYSCFG
Table 299. encryptkey
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg -- encryptkey=abcd encryptkey= ABCD00000000000
000000000000000 0000000000
identify
Table 300. identify
Valid Arguments
Description
Applicable Systems
idracversion
Table 301. idracversion
Option
--idracversion
Sub-option
0–254
Flashes the identification LED for a specified number of seconds.
NOTE: Use 0 to stop the blinking of the LED.
Example:
A:>syscfg --identify=10 identify=10
All PowerEdge 11G systems with a BMC
--devid
--devrevision
--majorfwversion
--minorfwversion
NA
NA
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Displays the version information for the iDRAC and the iDRAC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.
Reports the iDRAC device ID.
Reports the iDRAC device revision.
Reports the major firmware revision of iDRAC.
Reports the minor firmware revision of iDRAC.
A:>syscfg --idracversion devid=32 devrevision=0 majorfwversion=0 minorfwversion=40
SYSCFG 133
kvmstatusonlcd
Table 302. kvmstatusonlcd
Option
-kvmstatusonlcd
Sub-option Valid
Arguments
NA active, inactive
Description
Configures the Dell Virtual KVM (vKVM) session status on the LCD.
Example:
A:>syscfg -kvmstatusonlcd=active kvmstatusonlcd=active
lancfgparams
Table 303. lancfgparams
Option lancfgparams or lcp
Sub-option
--ipaddrsrc
--ipaddress
--subnetmask
--gateway
--commstring
--destipaddr
Applicable Systems
PowerEdge 11G systems
Valid Arguments Description
Configures and displays LAN configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
static, dhcp Sets the IP address source for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
< ipaddress > Sets the IP address for the LAN channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
< subnetmask > Sets the subnet mask for the LAN channel.
This sub-option can be replicated.
< gateway > Sets the gateway for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
< string > Sets the community string (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) used in a platform event trap (PET). This sub-option can be replicated.
< ipaddress >
Sets the destination IP address or Fully
Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) for the alert destination specified with the alertdest sub-option.
The destipaddr sub-option is dependent on the alertdest sub-option. If the alertdest sub-option is not specified on the command line, the first alert destination
( alertdest=1 ) is set with this IP address or
FQDN. This sub-option can be replicated.
NOTE: FQDN is applicable only for destipaddr option and is supported only on PowerEdge 12G systems.
Example 1 (to set the destination IP address):
A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -destipaddr=192.168.100.15
134 SYSCFG
Table 303. lancfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example 2 (to set the destination IP address as FQDN):
A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -destipaddr=xxx.yyy.com
--alertdest
--vlantag
--vlanid
--vlanpriority
--macaddress
--nicselection
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
--nicselection
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
1, 2, 3, 4 enable, disable
< string
0–7
NA
>
Sets the destination for the LAN alert. This sub-option can be replicated.
Enables or disables VLAN tagging. This suboption can be replicated.
Sets the 12-bit VLAN ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
Sets the VLAN priority value. This sub-option can be replicated.
Displays the BMC MAC address. This suboption cannot be replicated.
shared, sharedfailove r, dedicated, sharedreceive onall
Sets the operating mode of the NIC to shared , sharedfailover , dedicated , or sharedreceiveonall . Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems.
NOTE:
This option is applicable on systems prior to
PowerEdge 12G systems. The sharedreceiveonall argument is available only on PowerEdge 11G systems.
dedicated, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4
Sets the operating mode of the iDRAC7 NIC to dedicated , lom1 , lom2 , lom3 , or lom4 .
Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems due to underlying hardware.
NOTE: This option is applicable on
PowerEdge 11G systems.
--nicselectionfailover
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
none, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4, all
--fullduplex
--autoneg
--speed enable, disable enable, disable
10,100
Sets the operating mode of the NIC selection failover to or all none , lom1 underlying hardware.
, lom2 , lom3 applicable on certain systems. due to
,
. Some of these options are not
NOTE: This option is applicable on
PowerEdge 12G systems.
lom4
Enables or disables full duplex on the RAC network interface.
Enables or disables autonegotiation.
,
--dnsdhcp
--dnsserver1 enable, disable
< ipaddress >
Sets the network interface speed to 10 or 100
Mbps.
Enables or disables obtaining the DNS server
IP address through DHCP.
Sets the IP address of the primary DNS server for domain name resolution.
SYSCFG 135
Table 303. lancfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option
--dnsserver2
--dnsregisterrac
--dnsracname
--domainnamefromdhcp
--domainname
Valid Arguments Description
< ipaddress > Sets the IP address of the secondary DNS server for domain name resolution.
enable, disable
< string >
Enables or disables binding of the RAC name to the IP address.
Sets the name of the RAC.
enable, disable
< string >
Enables or disables getting the RAC domain name through DHCP.
Sets the domain name of the RAC.
Example 1 (to display the current LAN configuration settings):
A:>syscfg --lancfgparams destipaddr=192.168.100.15
vlantag=enable vlanid=1000 vlanpriority=7 macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7 commstring=public ipaddrsrc=static ipaddress=192.168.100.10
subnetmask=255.255.255.0
gateway=192.168.100.1
136 SYSCFG
Table 303. lancfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example 2 (to set the LAN configuration parameters):
A:>syscfg --lancfgparams
--destipaddr=192.168.100.15
--vlantag=enable
--vlanid=1000
--vlanpriority=7
--macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7
--commstring=public
--ipaddrsrc=static
--ipaddress=192.168.100.10
--subnetmask=255.255.255.0
--gateway=192.168.100.1
lanchannelaccess
Table 304. lanchannelaccess
Option lanchannelaccess or lca
Sub-option
--pefalerting
--ipmioverlan
--channelprivlmt
Valid Arguments enable, disable disable, alwaysavail user, operator, administrator
Description
Sets or displays the LAN channel access settings such as alerting, IPMI over LAN, and user privilege. This option can be replicated.
Enables or disables PEF alerts. This suboption can be replicated.
Sets the LAN channel access mode. This sub-option can be replicated.
Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to configure the LAN channel with alerts and IPMI over LAN enabled):
A:>syscfg lanchannelaccess-pefalerting=enable -ipmioverlan=alwaysavail
SYSCFG 137
lanchannelinfo
Table 305. lanchannelinfo
Option lanchannelinfo or lci
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Displays media and protocol information about the LAN channel. This option cannot be replicated.
lanuseraccess
Table 306. lanuseraccess
Option lanuseraccess or lua
Sub-option
--userid
--usrprivlmt
--currentenableduserids
--useridswithfixednames
Valid Arguments
2–16 , if your system has a DRAC 5 controller user, operator, administrator, noaccess
Description
Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified
User ID for the LAN channel.
Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
NA
NA
Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the LAN channel for the userid specified using the userid sub-option. This suboption can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
Reports the number of currently enabled
User IDs on the LAN channel.
Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the LAN channel.
Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the LAN channel with administrator privileges):
A:>syscfg lanuseraccess -userid=2 -usrprivlmt=administrator
Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the LAN channel with user privileges):
A:>syscfg lanuseraccess -userid=4 --usrprivlmt=user
loaddefaults
Table 307. loaddefaults
Option
--loaddefaults*
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Restores the BMC to the defaults originally loaded on the controller. This option is used to return the
BMC to a known-good state. This option cannot be replicated.
NOTE: The NMI, power button, and SOL defaults are not reset by using this option.
138 SYSCFG
Table 307. loaddefaults
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --loaddefaults
Loading defaults...
nextboot
Table 308. nextboot
Option
--nextboot or --
OneTimeBootSeqDev
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments valid device name
(from the bootseq option device list)
Description
Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only.
The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq option to see a list of available
device names. For more information, see -bootseq . This option is not replicated.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --bootseq
Device 1: floppy.emb.0 -
Diskette Drive A:
Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - CD-ROM device
Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard
Drive C:
Device 4: nic.emb.1 - Intel
Boot Agent Version 4.0.17
Device 5: nic.emb.2 - Intel
Boot Agent Version 4.0.17
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --nextboot=nic.emb.1
nextboot=nic.emb.1
nmibutton
Table 309. nmibutton
Option
--nmibutton
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description
Enables or disables the NMI button. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 139
Table 309. nmibutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable nmibutton=enable
passwordaction
Table 310. passwordaction
Option passwordaction
Sub-option
--userid
--action
--password
Valid Arguments Description
Configures and tests the password for the specified User ID. This option cannot be replicated. All three sub-options, action , userid , and password must be included in the command line.
NOTE: This option does not support 20 byte passwords.
2–16 , if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
setpassword, testpassword
< string >
Sets or tests the password for the specified User
ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Sets the password (maximum of 16 printable
ASCII characters) for the specified BMC User ID.
This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Example (to set and test the password for User
ID 3):
A:>syscfg passwordaction -userid=3 --action=setpassword -password=bmcmaster passwordaction userid=3 action=setpassword password=*********
A:>syscfg passwordaction -userid=3 --action=testpassword -password=bmcmastor
Password test failed.
pefcfgparams
Table 311. pefcfgparams
Option pefcfgparams or pcp
Sub-option
--filter
Valid Arguments fanfail, voltfail,
Description
Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
Specifies a PEF value. This sub-option can be replicated.
140 SYSCFG
Table 311. pefcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option
--filteraction
--hostname
--filteralert
--alertpolnum
--alertpolstatus
Valid Arguments discretevoltfail
, tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegraded,re dunlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail, hardwarelogfail, autorecovery, batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerwarn, systempowerfail powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none
Description
For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see
BMC Platform Events Filter Alert
Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter suboption. This sub-option can be replicated.
< string >
Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable
ASCII characters) for the BMC. This suboption can be replicated.
The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen (-) , underscore
(_) , and period (.) .
enable, disable Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This suboption is dependent on the filter sub-option.
This sub-option can be replicated.
1, 2, 3, 4 Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub-option can be replicated.
enable, disable
Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub-option. This suboption can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.
Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):
Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams -filter= fanfail-filteraction=powerdown pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown
Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a
PEF alert is not sent to the destination IP
SYSCFG 141
Table 311. pefcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description address in response to a chassis intrusion event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams -filter= intrusion-filteralert=disable pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable
Table 312. pefcffgparams
Option Sub-option pefcfgparams or pcp
--filter
--filteraction
--hostname
Valid
Arguments
Description Applicable Systems fanfail, voltfail, discretevolt fail, tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegrade d,redunlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail, hardwarelogf ail, autorecovery
, batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerw arn, systempowerf ail powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none
< string >
Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
All PowerEdge systems
Specifies a PEF value. This suboption can be replicated.
For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see
NOTE: The fanfail option is not supported on PowerEdge 10G systems.
Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter sub-option. This suboption can be replicated.
Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable ASCII characters) for the
BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.
The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen
(-) , underscore (_) , and period (.) .
142 SYSCFG
Table 312. pefcffgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option
--filteralert
Valid
Arguments enable, disable
--alertpolnum 1, 2, 3, 4
-alertpolstatus enable, disable
Description
The length of the hostname string must be 62 characters or less for
PowerEdge 9G systems and later.
Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter suboption. This sub-option is dependent on the filter sub-option. This suboption can be replicated.
Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub-option can be replicated.
Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.
Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):
Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams
--filter= fanfail-filteraction=powerdown pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown
Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a PEF alert is not sent to the destination IP address in response to a chassis intrusion event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams
--filter= intrusion-filteralert=disable pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable
Applicable Systems
powerbutton
Table 313. powerbutton
Option
--powerbutton
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description
Enables or disables the power button. This option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 143
Table 313. powerbutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable powerbutton=enable
powerctl
Table 314. powerctl
Option
--powerctl
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments powerdown powercycle reset softshutdown
Description
Performs a chassis powerdown and controls the reset of the system.
Powerdown turns off the system.
Turns off the system and automatically turns on your system after a few seconds.
Resets the system.
In Linux, the system turns off immediately.
NOTE: In Windows PE, this option does not work.
NOTE: This option applies only to PowerEdge systems that are configured with a BMC.
NOTE: This argument requires ACPI support to function properly.
racreset
Table 315. racreset
Option
--racreset*
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Resets the RAC. It cannot be accompanied with any other option. This option cannot be replicated.
serialcfgparams
Table 316. serialcfgparams
Option serialcfgparams or scp
Sub-option
--connectionmode
--msgcomm
Valid Arguments Description
Configures and displays serial configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
basic, terminal Sets the connection mode used to perform
IPMI messaging to the BMC . This sub-option can be replicated.
noflowctrl, rtscts
Sets the IPMI message communication flow control. This suboption can be replicated.
144 SYSCFG
Table 316. serialcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option
--msgcommdtrhangup
--msgcommbitrate
--tmcfglineediting
--tmcfgdelctrl
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Reports the IPMI message communication
DTR hang-up. This suboption cannot be replicated.
9600, 19200,
57600, 115200
Sets the IPMI message communication baud rate in bits per second (bps). This sub-option can be replicated.
enable, disable Sets the line editing value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
del, bksp Sets the delete control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfgechoctrl Sets the echo control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfghandshakectrl enable, disable Sets the handshake control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfgnewlineseq echo, noecho noterm, crlf, null, cr, lfcr,1f
Sets the new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
-tmcfginputnewlineseq cr, null Sets the input new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to display the current serial configuration settings):
A:>syscfg serialcfgparams serialcfgparams tmcfgdelctrl=del tmcfgechoctrl=echo tmcfghandshakectrl=enable connectionmode=terminal tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf msgcommflowctrl=rtscts tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr msgcommdtrhangup=disable msgcommbitrate=19200 tmcfglineediting=enable
SYSCFG 145
serialchannelaccess
Table 317. serialchannelaccess
Option
--serialchannelaccess or sca
Sub-option
--ipmioverserial
--channelprivlmt
Valid Arguments disable, alwaysavail user, operator, administrator
Description
Sets or displays the channel access settings for the serial channel. This option can be replicated.
Sets the serial channel access mode.
This sub-option can be replicated.
Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the serial channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to configure the serial channel with IPMI over serial disabled and the maximum privilege level set to administrator):
A:>syscfg serialchannel access -ipmioverserial=disable
-channelprivlmt=administrat or serialchannelaccess ipmioverserial=disable channelprivlmt=administrat or
serialchannelinfo
Table 318. serialchannelinfo
Option
--serialchannelinfo or sci
Sub-option
--mediumtype
--prottype
--ssnsupport
--activessncount
Valid Arguments
NA
NA
NA
NA
Description
Displays media and protocol information about the serial channel. This option cannot be replicated.
Displays the medium type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Displays the protocol type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Displays the session support information for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Displays the number of sessions that are activated on the serial channel. This suboption cannot be replicated.
146 SYSCFG
Table 318. serialchannelinfo (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg serialchannelinfo
--mediumtype mediumtype= asynch
serialuseraccess
Table 319. serialuseraccess
Option serialuseraccess or sua
Sub-option
--userid
--usrprivlmt
-currentenableduserid s
-useridswithfixedname s
Valid Arguments Description
Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified User ID for the serial channel.
This option can be replicated.
2–16 , if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
user, operator, administrator,noa ccess
NA
Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the serial channel for the User
ID specified using the userid suboption. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
Reports the number of currently enabled User IDs on the serial channel.
This sub-option can be replicated.
NA Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the serial channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the serial channel with administrator privileges ) :
A:>syscfg serialuseraccess -userid=2 -usrprivlmt=administrator userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator status=enable
Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the serial channel with user privileges ):
A:>syscfg serialuseraccess --
SYSCFG 147
Table 319. serialuseraccess (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description userid=4 -usrprivlmt=user userid=4 usrprivlmt=user status=enable
solaction
Table 320. solaction
Option Sub-option solaction
--userid
--action
Valid Arguments Description
This option enables or disables Serial-Over- LAN
(SOL) access for a particular user. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg solaction
--userid=2 --action=disable solaction userid=2 action=disable
Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
2–16 , if your system has a DRAC 5 controller enable, disable Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated and is dependent on the userid suboption.
solcfgparams
Table 321. solcfgparams
Option solcfgparams
Sub-option
--solenable
--solprivlevel
--solcharaccuminterval
Valid Arguments Description
Configures and displays SOL configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
enable, disable Enables or disables if the SOL payload type can be activated. This option can be replicated.
user, operator, administrator
Sets the minimum user privilege level required to activate the SOL. This option can be replicated.
1–255 Sets the Character Accumulate Interval in 5– ms increments (1–255). This sets the typical amount of time that the BMC waits before
148 SYSCFG
Table 321. solcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option
--solcharsendthreshold
--solbitrate
Valid Arguments
1–255
9600, 19200
Description transmitting a partial SOL character data packet. This option can be replicated.
Specifies that the BMC automatically sends an SOL character data packet containing this number of characters in increments of 5 (1–
255) as soon as this number of characters
(or greater) has been accepted from the baseboard serial controller into the BMC.
This option can be replicated.
Sets the serial channel communication bit rate (in bps) with the BMC when SOL is activated. This option can be replicated.
NOTE: The arguments for solbitrate vary with various Dell systems. If an argument valid for a particular Dell system is entered for another system, the Parameter out of range error is displayed.
Example 1 (to display the current SOL configuration):
A:>syscfg solcfgparams solcfgparams solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=25 solbitrate=9600
Example 2 (to set the SOL configuration parameters):
A:>syscfg solcfgparams
--solenable=disable
--solprivlevel=administrator
--solcharaccum interval=25
--solcharsend threshold=100
--solbitrate=9600 solcfgparams solenable=disable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=100 solbitrate=9600
ssninfo
Table 322. ssninfo
Option Sub-option ssninfo
Valid Arguments Description
Displays information about the number of possible active sessions and the number of currently active sessions on all channels on the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.
NOTE: All PowerEdge systems prior to
PowerEdge 12G systems.
SYSCFG 149
Table 322. ssninfo (continued)
Option Sub-option
--maxactivessns
--currentactivessns
Valid Arguments
NA
NA
Description
Displays the maximum possible active BMC sessions. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Displays the number of currently active sessions on all channels of the BMC. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg ssninfo currentactivessns=1 maxactivessns=4
useraction
NOTE: For 14th generation of PowerEdge Systems, you have to configure the username and password before executing this command for a particular userid.
Table 323. useraction
Option useraction
Sub-option
--userid
--action
Valid Arguments
2–16 , if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
enable, disable
Description
Enables and disables BMC, sua , and lua user
IDs. This option can be replicated.
Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
Example to disable User ID 3:
A:>syscfg useraction --userid=3
-- action=disable useraction userid=3 action=disable
username
Table 324. username
Option Sub-option username
--userid
--name
Valid Arguments
2–16 if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
< string >
Description
Sets the BMC User ID and username. This option can be replicated.
Sets the username (maximum of 16 printable
ASCII characters) for the User ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
150 SYSCFG
Table 324. username (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example 1( to configure User ID 3 with a user name ):
A:>syscfg username --userid=3 -name=bmcmaster username userid=3 name=bmcmaster
Example 2 (to display the username for User ID
3):
A:>syscfg username --userid=3 -name username userid=3 name=bmcmaster
version
Table 325. version
Option
--version
Sub-option
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Displays the version information for the SYSCFG utility.
virutualmedia
Table 326. virutualmedia
Option Sub-option
--virutualmedia
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
NA
Valid Arguments enable, disable, auto
Description
Enables or disables the virtual media. This option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG For State Configuration
The SYSCFG utility allows the user to write a state data value on a system. This value is preserved across reboot or power-off operations. Users can use this state data value for storing important state information, such as the progress of a multi-reboot deployment process.
SYSCFG Options For State Configuration
The following table lists all valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments are not available on all systems.
SYSCFG 151
Table 327. SYSCFG Options For State Configuration
Option
-b or --byte
Valid Arguments
< string >
Description
Specifies a value to write to state data. The format of the argument must be in decimal format unless the -x option is given. If the -x option is given, the value is interpreted as hexadecimal format. The value can optionally contain 0x. The decimal range is 0–255, and the hexadecimal range is
0x00–0xFF.
Example:
A:>syscfg -b 1
The state byte has been set to 1.
A:>syscfg -b 2 -x
The state byte has been set to 0x02.
-r or --read*
NOTE: The asterisk is not part of the command syntax.
NA Reads the value of state data. When used with the -x option, the value is reported in hexadecimal format (0xNN).
Example:
A:>sysfg -r -x
The state byte has been set to 0x02.
A:>syscfg -r
The state byte has been set to 2.
-x or --hex None Specifies that a value should be in hexadecimal format.
Example:
A:>sysfg -r -x
The state byte has been set to 0x01.
A:>sysfg -x -b 0x02
The state byte has been set to 0x02.
SYSCFG for System Configuration
SYSCFG enables system configuration and reporting. It reports system identification values, processor types and speeds, memory size, and detects device using PCI scan.
Options For System Configuration
Table below documents valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options and arguments are case sensitive. All options and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless stated otherwise.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems. Some of the command line options are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes only.
152 SYSCFG
Table 328. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration
Option
--asset
Valid Arguments
None
Description
Reports the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This option displays the asset tag for a system. For Blade systems, the SYSCFG utility reports the asset tag for both the server module and the asset tag for its chassis. For more information on delimiters, see
.
Example:
A:>syscfg --asset
--biosver* None asset=ASSET
Reports the BIOS version for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.
Example:
A:>syscfg --biosver biosver=A08
--chassvctag* None
Reports the chassis service tag on blade systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --chassvctag chassvctag=SVCTAG1
--cpucount* None
Reports the number of processors found on the system.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=1
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=2
--cpuspeed* None
Reports the speed of all processors in a system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpuspeed cpuspeed=1000MHz
--envfile < filename >
Reads the environment variable file (included in DTK as sys.ini
) and sets environment variables to names in the file, based on the system's information. Primarily, this command performs a PCI scan and matches the vendor/device numbers of the devices to those specified in the
environment variable file. For more information, see the Environment
.
SYSCFG 153
Table 328. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --envfile sys.ini
DELLNIC1=INTEL PRO100
DELLNIC2=INTEL PRO100
DVIDEO1=RAGEXL
DIDE1=PEQUR/ROSS IDE
DSCSI1=AIC-7899
--mem* None
Reports the amount of system memory physically installed in the system, not the amount of memory available to an operating system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the amount of system memory. The last two characters of the memory value indicate the order of magnitude used (KB or MB).
Example:
A:>syscfg --mem mem=256MB
-n < filename > Specifies an input file to use for resolving PCI vendor and device numbers to strings. The file must be present (with read rights) and contain a properly formatted list. For more information, see
. This option must be used with the pci option.
Example:
A:>syscfg -n pci.txt --pci
PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0
Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp.
Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100]
Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp.
Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress
PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter
Slot: 01
Class: 02 - Network
SubClass: 00 - Ethernet
--ovrwrt* None
When used with the outfile option, this option specifies that the output file should be overwritten if it exists.
NOTE: This option is applicable only on PowerEdge systems prior to
12G.
Example:
A:>syscfg -outfile=out.ini --ovrwrt
--pci* None Performs a scan of all PCI buses and displays the results. The utility uses an open source pci.ids
file for vendor/device name resolution. The utility looks for a file called pci.ids
in the current working directory. If the file is not found in the current working directory, the directory containing the
SYSCFG executable is searched. If the -n option is used to specify a filename, this filename is used for resolution. If a specific filename is not
154 SYSCFG
Table 328. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description given and the pci.ids
file cannot be found, Unknown is printed for all vendor and device codes.
For more information, see
.
Example 1 (the pci.ids
filename is specified in the command line instance ):
A:>syscfg -n pci.ids --pci
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0
Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks
Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1
Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks
Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2
Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks
Device: 0000 - Unknown
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
None
Example 2 (the pci.ids
file is located in the same directory as the utility so that names resolve):
A:>syscfg --pci
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0
Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks
Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1
Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks
Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2
Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks
Device: 0000 - Unknown
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
SYSCFG 155
Table 328. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments
None
Description
Example 3 (a pci.ids
file does not exist) :
A:>syscfg --pci
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0
Vendor: 1166 - Unknown
Device: 0012 - Unknown
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1
Vendor: 1166 - Unknown
Device: 0012 - Unknown
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2
Vendor: 1166 - Unknown
Device: 0000 - Unknown
Slot: 00
Class: 06 - Bridge
SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
-s < string >
Sets an environment variable to the value of a function command option.
The string argument must be alphanumeric without any spaces or symbols.
The variable name must be in upper case. This option must be used with at least one function command.
Example:
A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag
--slot*
--svctag*
None
None
ENVNAME=SERVICE
Reports the slot on a Blade system. If it is not a Blade system, the slot is reported as 0. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the slot.
Example 1 (Blade systems) :
A:>syscfg --slot slot=1
Example 2 (Rack and Tower systems) :
A:>syscfg --slot slot=0
NOTE: This option is valid only on PowerEdge blade systems.
Reports the service tag for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.
156 SYSCFG
Table 328. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --svctag
--sysasset*
--sysid*
None
None svctag=113CD1S
Reports the system asset tag on Blade systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysasset sysasset=ASSET01
Reports the unique system id bytes for a server. Servers contain a unique
ID value based on their model. The ID value is reported as a hexadecimal value with a leading 0x, lowercase hexadecimal letters, and zero-padded to
2 bytes. If used with the -s general option, the environment variable is set to the system ID.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysid sysid=0x00df
--sysname* None Reports the system identification string for a server, which is the string displayed under the Dell logo during POST. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the system name.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysname sysname=PowerEdge 1550/1000
--syssvctag* None
Reports the system service tag on a Blade system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --syssvctag syssvctag=BLADE01
--uuid* None
Reports the Unique User Identifier (UUID) for a system. The UUID is a unique system identifier used in PXE requests.
Example:
A:>syscfg --uuid uuid=44454C4C-5300-104C-8044- B1C04F423131
SYSCFG 157
SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration
The following table lists all valid options and arguments for IPv6 configuration along with a description of each option. These options are applicable only if the DRAC on your system supports IPv6.
NOTE: This option is available only if appropriate license is installed.
Table 329. SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration
Option lancfgparamsv
6 or lcpv6
Sub-option
--ipv6
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description
Enables or disables the IPv6 stack.
A:> syscfg lcpv6 -ipv6=enable
NA --ipsrcv6=static
--ipaddrv6= < ipv6address >
--prefixlengthv6=< prefix lengthv6 >
--gatewayv6=< ipv6gateway address >
Allows you to manually configure IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6
--ipsrcv6=static
-ipaddrv6=1234:1234:1234::123
4
--prefixlengthv6=32
-gatewayv6=1234:1234:1234::1
--ipsrcv6=auto NA Automatically configures the IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 -ipsrcv6=auto
--dnssrcv6=auto NA
Automatically configures the DNS address.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 -dnssrcv6=auto
--dnssrcv6=static
-dnsserver1v6=< ipv6dnsserver
1address >
NA
-linklocaladdripv6=< linkloca laddripv6 >
--gatewayv6=< gatewayv6 >
Allows you to manually set the DNS address.
Allows you to view IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 -linklocaladdripv6=134.56.45.
233
Allows you to view IP gatewayv6 address.
158 SYSCFG
PCI Reporting
The scan of the PCI bus uses a file to resolve PCI vendor and device codes to vendor information strings. The format of the PCI output is as follows:
PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0
Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp.
Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100]
Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp.
Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter
Slot: 01
Class: 02 - Network
SubClass: 00 - Ethernet
If the file for vendor resolution is not present, the utility prints Unknown next to a vendor name. If the file for environment variable names is not present, the utility fails the environment variable operation.
The pci.ids
file is located at \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and /opt/dell/toolkit/bin on Linux systems. For more information and examples, see the
Options For System Configuration
.
Environment Variable File
The environment variable file can be used for discovering and recording system information to environment variables. The file consists of several sections with .ini format that map PCI vendor/device numbers to environment variable values. The environment variable file is sys.ini
in \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and on Linux systems, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/bin . For example, the [DELLNIC] section header designates that an environment variable named dellnic1 should be set to the value of the name or value pair whose name matches the NIC's vendor or device number. If multiple NICs are present on a system, the environment variables are numbered sequentially: dellnic1, dellnic2 , and so on
Environmental Variable File Excerpt (sys.ini)
[DELLNIC]
;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100F for vendor 8086, dev 1001
8086,1001=INTELPRO1000F
;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100T for vendor 8086, dev 1004
8086,1004=INTELPRO1000T
;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100XT for vendor 8086, dev 1008
8086,1008=INTELPRO1000XT
The names of the environment variables can be changed in the Variable Names section. If a name is changed, the section that corresponds to that name must be changed as well.
Also available in the .ini
file is a section that maps the system ID number to a string. This string can be used to identify the system during the discovery phase of deployment. The section name is the environment variable that is set to the value of the name/value pair whose name matches the system ID. To change the name of the environment variable, change the value of the
MACHINE name in the Variable Names section, and change the corresponding section name.
SYSCFG 159
5
RAIDCFG
This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) RAID configuration utility. The RAIDCFG utility provides a single command line tool that can configure all supported RAID controllers.
Topics:
•
•
•
•
RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments
•
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
Features
The RAID configuration utility:
● Displays help and usage information.
● Reads configuration options from the Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters.
● Enumerates RAID controllers, physical disks, and virtual disks.
● Creates and deletes virtual disks.
● Logs activity to a given filename.
● Returns specific error codes and messages.
● Assigns and unassigns global and dedicated hot spares.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the RAIDCFG utility at \DELL
\x32\TOOLKIT\TOOLS or at \DELL\x64\TOOLKIT\TOOLS.
In Linux, you can find it at /opt/dell/toolkit/bin.
Supported RAID Controllers
The RAIDCFG utility supports the following RAID controllers:
● PERC FD33xD and PERC FD33xS
● PERC H830 Adapter, PERC H330 Adapter, PERC H330 Embedded, PERC H730 Adapter, and PERC H730P Adapter
● PERC H330 Mini Monolithic, PERC H730 Mini Monolithic, and PERC H730P Mini Monolithic
● PERC H310 Adapter, PERC H310 Mini Blade, PERC H310 Mini Monolithic, PERC H310 Embedded, PERC H710 Mini Blade,
PERC H710P Mini Blade, PERC H710 Adapter, and PERC H710 Adapter
● PERC H200 Integrated, PERC H200 Adapter, PERC H200 Embedded, PERC H700 Integrated, PERC H700 Adapter, and
PERC H800 Adapter
● PERC 6/E Adapter, PERC 6/I Integrated, and PERC 6/I Adapter
● PERC 6/I Integrated for blade systems
● PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, and PERC 5/I Adapter
● PERC S110, PERC S100, PERC S130, and PERC S300 software controller
● SAS 6iR Integrated and SAS 6iR Adapter
● SAS 5iR Integrated and SAS 5iR Adapter
RAIDCFG Options And Arguments
Table below lists all of the valid options, parameters, and arguments for the RAIDCFG utility. For more information on valid
RAIDCFG options and their specific uses, see RAID Configuration Utility Options and Arguments
.
160 RAIDCFG
Mandatory command line options must be present in the command. Optional command line options can be typed in any order after the mandatory options have been typed. Many options have both a short and long format. Short and long format options cannot be used in the same command line instance.
Table below shows some examples of valid and invalid short and long format command line instances. For an explanation of the specific order for each option, see
RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments . For a list of frequently used RAID
commands, see
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options
Option Valid Arguments
NA
No option
-h
Short Description
Displays general usage information for the utility. The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments.
Mandatory or Optional
Optional.
See
specific usage information.
-?
or
/?
-ac or action blink Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
Cancels the slow or full initialization on the selected virtual disk.
See
for specific usage information.
See
for specific usage information.
or ci cancelinit cc or consistencycheck ccc or cancelconsistencycheck
Checks the consistency for a specified virtual disk.
Cancels the consistency check for a specified virtual disk.
Changes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.
See
for specific information.
See
for specific information.
See
for specific information.
or chsk changesecuritykey or crbd cancelrebuild
Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
See
information.
Configures the array disk as RAID.
ctr or converttoraid
See
Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific
information.
RAIDCFG 161
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments csk
Short Description
Creates encryption key for the encryption-capable controller.
or createsecuritykey
Configures the array disk as JBOD.
or ctnr converttononraid
Mandatory or Optional
See
for specific information.
See
Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific
information.
cvd or createvdisk
Creates a virtual disk.
NOTE: When providing multiple physical disks for the createvdisk command, do not separate the disks with spaces. For example, ad=
1:4, 1:5 causes an error. The correct syntax for displaying multiple physical disks is -ad=
1:4,1:5,1:6
See
for specific usage information.
Deletes a virtual disk.
See
for specific usage information.
dvd or deletevdisk dpc or discardPreservedCache
Discards the preserved cache on the controller.
or dphs disablepersistenthotsp are
Disables the controller Persistent Hot
Spare feature for the selected controller.
Deletes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.
or dsk deletesecuritykey
See
information.
See
for specific usage information.
See
for specific usage
for specific usage information.
or eai enableautoimport
Configures the auto import property of the controller.
See
information.
162 RAIDCFG
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments ephs
Short Description
Enables the controller Persistent Hot
Spare feature for the selected controller.
or enablepersistenthotspa re or evs expandvdsize
Mandatory or Optional
See
for specific usage information.
Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.
See
for specific usage information.
or fgnimp foreignimport
Imports the foreign configuration for the indicated controller.
See
for specific usage information.
fgnclr or foreignclear
Clears the foreign configuration for the specified controller.
See
for specific usage information.
or fgnrvr foreignrecover
Recovers the foreign configuration for the specified controller.
See
for specific usage information.
or fi fastinit
Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller.
See
for specific usage information.
gfki or getforeignkeyids
Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.
See
for specific usage information.
gpciels or getPCIeLinkSpeed
Displays the Peripheral Component
Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.
See
Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed
for specific usage information.
insecerase
Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.
See
usage information.
RAIDCFG 163
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments or
Short Description instantsecureerase
Mandatory or Optional or isfc importsecureforeigncon fig
Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.
See
for specific usage information.
or lghs listglobalhotspare
Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.
See
for specific usage information.
offline online or rghs removeglobalhotspare
Sets the physical disk state to offline.
Sets the physical disk state to online.
Unassigns all global hot spares to disks on the specified controller.
See
for specific usage information.
See
for specific usage information.
See
for specific usage information.
or replacepd replacepdisk
Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk.
See
for specific usage information.
rbd or rebuild
Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
See
information.
Resets the selected controller.
or rst reset
See
for specific usage information.
sbf
Sets the indicated virtual disk as boot
VD on the indicated controller.
See
for specific usage information.
164 RAIDCFG
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments or
Short Description setbootflag or sbm setbootmode
Mandatory or Optional
Sets the bootmode of the controller to
0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on error), or 2 (Headless continue on error) during system startup or reboot.
See
for specific usage information.
sghs or setglobalhotspare
Assigns the specified disks as global hot spares on the specified controller.
Optional. See
specific usage information.
or sli slowinit
Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller using the slowinit command.
See
for specific usage information.
or spciels setPCIeLinkSpeed
Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to 2 or 3.
See
for specific usage information.
svdn or setvdname
Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
See
for specific usage information.
-ad or adisk
-c or controlleri d
NA Specifies an array disk command.
ch:targ, ch:targ, ...
or ch:targ:lun,...
or ch:targ:enc channel:target , or channel:target:lun , or channel:target:enclosure
Specifies an array disk.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or
-pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.
< valid controller ID number >
Specifies a RAID controller.
See
for specific usage information.
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
See
for specific usage information.
RAIDCFG 165
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option
-cp or cachepolicy
Valid Arguments d or e
Short Description
Specifies the cache policy for reads on a specified virtual disk or disk cache policy.
Mandatory or Optional
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
-ctrl or controller
NA Displays a list of the supported RAID controllers in the system, along with select property information.
Mandatory, must be typed in the correct order.
See
for specific usage information.
-envc or envcommand
-envn or envname
<
< string string
>
>
Sets a user-defined environmental variable (< string >) to the value returned from a function call.
See
information.
Sets the environment variable
(< string >) that equates to the value returned from a function call.
See
information.
-fd or failoverdrive ch:targ , ch:targ, ...
or ch:targ:lun,...
or ch:targ:enc channel:target , or channel:target:lun , or channel:target:enclosure
Specifies the location of the failover drive in an array.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel , target , and enclosure .
NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the
-fd option creates dedicated hot spares instead of global hot spares.
To set global hot spares, see
Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
-i
-l or logfile < filename >
-o
< filename >
< filename >
Reads the RAID configuration information from the given .ini
filename and creates the RAID configurations on the specified controllers.
Mandatory.
See
for specific usage information.
Logs command line output to a file.
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
Reads the RAID configurations from all available controllers and write these configurations in the given .ini
filename.
Mandatory.
See
for specific usage information.
-r or raid < valid RAID level number >
Sets the RAID level for the array.
Valid RAID values are 0, 1, 5, 10,
50 .
If no value is specified for RAID, 0 is taken as the default level.
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
166 RAIDCFG
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option
-rp or readpolicy
Valid Arguments ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc
Short Description
Sets the read policy for the virtual disk.
Mandatory or Optional
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
-se or setenvironmen t
NA
-si or silent NA
Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the function call. The function calls are: getcontrollerslots, getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks, getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, and gethotspares.
Does not display any information on the terminal console.
Mandatory.
See
information.
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
-sp or spanlength
< number >
The span size of RAID 5, which is a mandatory parameter for RAID 50.
NOTE: Spanlength is applicable for
RAID 10, RAID 50, and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value is 2 for RAID 10, 3 for RAID 50 and 4 for RAID 60. The number of array disks for creating virtual disks should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.
Mandatory.
See
for specific usage information.
-sz or size < number >
Sets the maximum size on the virtual disk in MB or GB if the size is not provided.
The default size is in MB. If GB follows the number, the size is expressed in GB.
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
-ssz or stripesize
< number >
-vd or vdisk NA
< valid virtual disk ID number >
Sets the stripe size on the virtual disk in
KB.
NOTE: When creating virtual disks, do not specify the units for chunk
(stripe) size. The units are always listed in KB.
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
Displays the virtual disks under all of the controllers along with the physical array disks that make up the virtual disks.
Displays the specified virtual disk.
See
for specific usage information.
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
RAIDCFG 167
Table 330. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option
-ver or version
-wp or writepolicy
Valid Arguments
NA wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb
Short Description
Displays the version number of the utility.
Mandatory or Optional
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
Sets the write policy for a virtual disk.
The valid arguments are: wb (writeback caching), wt (write-through caching), wc (write-caching), nwc (no-writecaching), and fwb (force-write-back).
Optional.
See
for specific usage information.
RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments
The following tables document valid options, parameters, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments are case-sensitive and entered in lowercase, unless stated otherwise. The information is grouped by task in the following sections:
●
●
●
●
Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations
●
●
Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
●
Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares
●
Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
●
Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
●
●
Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
●
Consistency Check For Virtual Disk
●
●
Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
●
Configuring Array Disk as RAID
●
Configuring Physical Disk State
●
Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild
●
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
168 RAIDCFG
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Importing Secured Foreign Configurations
●
General Help
The following table lists the RAIDCFG general help options.
Table 331. General Help
Option Parameters
No option-h-?or/?
NA
Valid Arguments
NA
Description
Displays general usage information for the utility.
The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -h
RAIDCFG v5
Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.
[raidcfg]
Help: options in <> are mandatory and options in [] are optional and can be in any order after mandatory ones.
raidcfg -h
Provides users with general help options that may be used with this utility.
Enumerating RAID Controllers
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating RAID controllers.
RAIDCFG 169
Table 332. Enumerating RAID Controllers
Mandatory Options and Arguments
-ctrl or controller
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
Description
Lists all the RAID controllers on the host system, along with select property information. This option is mandatory
Example: raidcfg -ctrl
Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 4
Controller_PCI_ID: 9:0:0
Controller_Name: PERC H710P Adapter
Channels: 2
No.of Virtual_Disks: 17
Array_Disks:
0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:5:1,
0:6:1, 0:7:1
Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled
Firmware Version: 21.2.0-007
Controller_Boot_Mode: 2 (Headless continue on error)
Enable_Auto_Import: No
T10 Protection Info Capable: No
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-c or controllerid
< valid controller ID number >
Displays the properties for the RAID controller with the specified controller ID. This option combination is mandatory.
Example: raidcfg -ctrl -c=31
Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 31
Controller_PCI_ID: 7:0:0
Controller_Name: PERC FD33xS
Channels: 1
No.of Virtual_Disks: 1
Array_Disks:
0:0:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:7:1,0:8:1,0
:10:1,0:12:1,0:14:1,0:15:1
Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled
Firmware Version: 25.2.2-0004
Preserved Cache: Not Available
Controller_Boot_Mode: 1 (BIOS continue on error)
Enable_Auto_Import: Yes
T10 Protection Info Capable: Yes
Encryption Capable: Yes
Encryption Key Present: Yes
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Creating Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for creating virtual disks.
NOTE: If you create a virtual disk on Windows PE, reboot the system.
170 RAIDCFG
Table 333. Creating Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-ctrl -ac=cvd c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,...
channel:target: lun,...
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
NA
-cp or cachepolicy
-fd or failoverdrive
-r or -raid
Description
Creates a virtual disk comprising the properties supplied. This option combination is mandatory.
NOTE: Create a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=2
-ad=1:4,1:8 -r=1 -ssz=32
-cp=d -rp=nra
-wp=wt -fd=1:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
d or e ch:targ, ch:targ, ... or ch:targ:lun,... or ch:targ:enc channel:target, or channel:target:l un, or channel:target: enclosure
0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, 60
Valid arguments for disk cache policy are:
● d — Disable
● e — Enable
The -cp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
Sets the failover drive for the virtual disk. The fd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the -fd option creates dedicated hot spares instead of global hot spares. For information about
setting global hot spares, see Assigning,
Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares
.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Sets the RAID type or level for the virtual disk.
NOTE: If this option is not specified for any
RAID controller, RAID 0 is taken as the default.
The valid arguments are:
● 0 — RAID 0 uses data striping, which is writing data in equal-sized segments across the array disks. RAID 0 does not provide data redundancy.
RAIDCFG 171
Table 333. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-ctrl -ac=cvd c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
-rp or readpolicy ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,...
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
Description
● 1 — RAID 1 is the simplest form of maintaining redundant data. In RAID 1, data is mirrored or duplicated on one or more drives.
● 5 — RAID 5 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information. Rather than dedicating a drive to parity, the parity information is striped across all disks in the array.
● 6 — RAID 6 is an extension of RAID 5 and uses extra parity block. It uses block-level striping with two parity blocks distributed across all member disks. RAID 6 provides protection against double disk failures and failures while a single disk is rebuilding. If there is only one array, RAID 6 may be a better option than a hot spare disk.
● 10 — RAID 10 is a stripe of mirrors. Multiple
RAID 1 mirrors are created, and a RAID 0 stripe is created over RAID 1 mirrors.
● 50 — RAID 50 is a dual-level array that uses multiple RAID 5 sets in a single array. A single hard drive failure can occur in each of the
RAID 5 without any loss of data on the entire array. Although the RAID 50 has increased write performance, when a hard drive fails and reconstruction takes place, performance decreases, data/program access is slower, and transfer speeds on the array are affected.
● 60 — RAID 60 is a combination of RAID 6 and
RAID 0. A RAID 0 array is striped across RAID
6 elements. It requires at least 8 disks.
CAUTION: If the controller is changed from SCSI to RAID mode, expect data loss to occur. Back up any data you want to save before changing the modes.
Sets the SCSI read policy for the virtual disk.
Specify the SCSI read policy for the logical drive.
The valid arguments are:
● ra — (read-ahead) The controller reads sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.
● ara — (Adaptive Read-Ahead) The controller initiates read-ahead only if the two most recent read requests accessed sequential sectors of the disk. If subsequent read requests access random sectors of the disk, the controller reverts to No-Read-Ahead policy. The controller continues to evaluate whether read requests are accessing sequential sectors of the disk and can initiate read-ahead if necessary.
● nra — (No-Read-Ahead) The controller does not read sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.
172 RAIDCFG
Table 333. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-ctrl -ac=cvd c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,...
channel:target: lun,...
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-sp or spanlength < number >
-ctrl -ac=cvd c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,...
-ssz or stripesize
< number >
Description
NOTE: The ra , ara , and nra options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:
● PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated,
PERC 5/i Adapter
● PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter,
PERC 6/E Adapter
● rc — (Read-Caching) Enables read caching.
● nrc — (No-Read-Caching) Disables read caching.
Creates a virtual disk comprised of the properties supplied. The -sp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
NOTE: Spanlength is applicable only for RAID
50 and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value for RAID 50 is 3 and for
RAID 60 is 4. The number of array disks for creating a virtual disk should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.
NOTE: For creating RAID 10, the PERC 9 firmware suggests the layout (number of array disks) with uneven span (spans with unequal number of array disks), though in a span the number of disks remain even. For example, for 32 disks, RAID 10 is created with all the disks in one span and for 34 disks,
RAID 10 is created with 16 disks in one span and 18 disks in the other span.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Sets the stripe size for the virtual disk. The stripe size is the amount of array disk space used on each array disk included in the stripe. A valid argument is a number that is less than the size of the virtual disk. The -ssz option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
However, do not specify a unit for stripe size when creating virtual disks. The unit is always displayed in KB.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
RAIDCFG 173
Table 333. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
[or channel:target: enclosure,...]
< number >
-ctrl -ac=cvd c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,..
-str or strict
-ctrl -ac=cvd c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...]
-sz or -size or controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,...
channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
< number >
Description
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Strict (-str parameter) is the percentage of expected array disk utilization.
Example:
A:> raidcfg -ctrl -ac= cvd -c=0 -ad=0:0,0:1 r=1 -str=20
If the unused portion of an array disk is greater than the mentioned percentage, raidcfg aborts.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Sets the maximum size of the virtual disk in MB or GB. A valid argument is a number representing the maximum size for the virtual disk. The sz option is optional and can be the added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
The minimum virtual disk size that you can create for various controllers is as follows:
● For PERC 5 controllers:
○ RAID 0: 100 MB
○ RAID 1: 100 MB
○ RAID 5: 100 MB
● For PERC 6 controllers:
○ RAID 0: 100 MB
○ RAID 1: 100 MB
○ RAID 5: 100 MB
○ RAID 6: 100 MB
○ RAID 60: 100 MB
● For PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9 controllers:
○ RAID 0: 100 MB
○ RAID 1: 100 MB
○ RAID 5: 100 MB
○ RAID 6: 100 MB
○ RAID 10: 100 MB
○ RAID 50: 100 MB
○ RAID 60: 100 MB
● Software RAID controllers:
○ RAID 0: 100 MB
○ RAID 1: 100 MB
○ RAID 5: 100 MB
174 RAIDCFG
Table 333. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
Description
-ctrl -ac=cvd c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,...
channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-vdpi or vdiskprotectionin fo
0,1
-wp or writepolicy wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb
○ RAID 10: 100 MB
NOTE: If this option is not provided,
RAIDCFG determines the maximum virtual disk size and creates it.
Creates a virtual disk with the T10 Protection
Information (PI) feature enabled.
NOTE:
Example:
This option is supported only on PERC
9 controllers.
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=2
-ad=1:4,1:8 -vdpi=1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Sets the write policy for the virtual disk. The valid arguments are:
● wb — Write-Back caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal as soon as the data is in the controller cache but has not yet been written to disk.
● wt — Write-Through caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.
NOTE: The wb and wt options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:
● PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated,
PERC 5/i Adapter
● PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter,
PERC 6/E Adapter
● PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9
● wc — Write-Caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.
● nwc — No-Write-Caching specifies that the controller does not send a write-request completion signal after the data is written to the disk.
● fwb — Force write-back caching, enables the write cache regardless of whether the controller has a battery. If the controller does not have a battery and force write-back caching is used, data loss may occur in the event of a power failure
RAIDCFG 175
Table 333. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-sf or secureflag 0, 1
Description
NOTE: The -wp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Creates a secured virtual disk on controllers with encryption capability and encryption key.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=2
-ad=1:4,1:8 -sf=1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Enumerating Array Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating array disks (harddrives).
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.
Table 334. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/
Arguments
-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id
NA NA
Description
Lists all the array disks attached to the specified
RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.
NOTE: The following example displays the output of a Series 7 controller.
NOTE: The software controller does not display the NegSpeed , CapSpeed ,
Certified and Supported parameters.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=2
Controller: PERC H710P Adapter
****** Physical Drive ******
Vendor: DELL(tm)
Model: ST3300657SS
Protocol: SAS
Media: HDD
NegSpeed: 6144 Mbps
CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps
Certified: YES
Supported: YES
Location: 0:7:1
176 RAIDCFG
Table 334. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives) (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/
Arguments
Description
Size: 285568 MB (278 GB)
Avail: 285568 MB (278 GB)
PowerState: Spun Up
SMARTState: No Error
DiskState: Ready
Encryption Capable: No
Secured: Not Applicable
Sector Size: 512B
T10 Protection Info Capable: No
****** Physical Drive ******
Vendor: DELL
Model: ST500NM0011
Protocol: SATA
Media: HDD
NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps
CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps
Certified: YES
Supported: YES
Location: 0:4:1
Size: 476416 MB (465 GB)
Avail: 0 MB
PowerState: Spun Up
SMARTState: No Error
DiskState: Online
Encryption Capable: No
Secured: Not Applicable
Sector Size: 512B
T10 Protection Info Capable: No
-vd=id or vdisk=id
****** Physical Drive ******
Vendor: DELL
Model: SAMSUNG HE253GJ
Protocol: SATA
Media: HDD
NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps
CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps
Certified: YES
Supported: YES
Location: 0:7:1
Size: 237824 MB (232 GB)
Avail: 0 MB
PowerState: Spun Up
SMARTState: No Error
DiskState: Online
Encryption Capable: No
Secured: Not Applicable
Sector Size: 512B
T10 Protection Info Capable: No
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Lists the array disks that make up the virtual disk on the specified RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -vd=0
Controller: PERC H710P Adapter
****** Physical Drive
******Drive
Vendor: DELL (tm)
Model: ST3450757SS
RAIDCFG 177
Table 334. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives) (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/
Arguments
Description
Protocol: SAS
Media: HDD
MedSpeed: 6144 Mbps
CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps
Certified: YES
Supported: YES
Location: 0:0:1
Size: 428672 MB (418 GB)
Avail: 0 MB
PowerState: Spun Up
SMARTState: No Error
DiskState: Online
Encryption Capable: Yes
Secured: No
Sector Size: 512B
T10 Protection Info Capable: No
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id
-ad= ch:targ,ch:t arg,... adisk= channel:tar get, channel:tar get,...
Displays information about the specified array disk. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -ad=
0:0:1
****** Physical Drive ******
Vendor: DELL(tm)
Model: ST3450757SS
Protocol: SAS
Media: HDD
MegSpeed: 6144 Mbps
CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps
Certified: YES
Supported: YES
Location: 0:0:1
Size: 428672 MB (418 GB)
Avail: 0 MB
PowerState: Spun Up
SMARTState: No Error
DiskState: Online
Encryption Capable: Yes
Secured: No
Sector Size: 512 MB
T10 Protection Info Capable: No
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking and unblinking array disks
(hard drives).
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.
178 RAIDCFG
Table 335. Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA -ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ ,
... -ac=blink c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,.
.. -ac=blink controllerid= id vdisk=id
NA
-ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ ,
... -ac= unblink
-c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,.
.. -ac= unblink controllerid= id vdisk=id
NA NA
Description
Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:0:1 ac=blink -c=4
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Unblinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg –ad –ad=0:0:1 – ac=unblink –c=4
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Enumerating Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating virtual disks.
Table 336. Enumerating Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
—vd or vdisk NA NA
Description
Lists all the virtual disks for each controller along with the array disks that make up each virtual disk. This option is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd
Controller: PERC H710P Adapter
VDisk ID: 0
Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0
Size: 857344 MB (837 GB)
Type: RAID 0
Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead
Write Policy: Write Back
Cache Policy: Disabled
Stripe Size: 64
Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1
BootVD: No
T10 Protection Info: Disabled
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd or vdisk -c or controller id
< valid controller
ID number >
Lists all the virtual disks under the indicated controllers. Each virtual disk is displayed with the physical disk that comprises it. The -c option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.
RAIDCFG 179
Table 336. Enumerating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-vd -c=id or vdisk controllerid= id
-vd or vdisk
<valid virtual disk ID number>
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=4
Controller: PERC H710P Adapter
VDisk ID: 0
Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0
Size: 857344 MB (837 GB)
Type: RAID 0
Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead
Write Policy: Write Back
Cache Policy: Disabled
Stripe Size: 64
Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1
BootVD: No
T10 Protection Info: Disabled
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Displays details about a single virtual disk under the indicated controller. The -vd -c = id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=0
Controller: PERC H710P Adapter
VDisk ID: 0 virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0
Size: 857344 MB (837 GB)
Type: RAID 0
Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead
Write Policy: Write Back
Cache Policy: Disabled
Stripe Size: 64
Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1
BootVD: No
T10 Protection Info: Disabled
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Deleting Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting virtual disks.
Table 337. Deleting Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-vd -ac=dvd c=id or vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id
NA NA
Description
Deletes all virtual disks on the indicated controller. This option combination is mandatory.
180 RAIDCFG
Table 337. Deleting Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-vd -ac=dvd c=id or vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id
-vd or vdisk < valid virtual disk ID number >
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Deletes the indicated virtual disk on the indicated controller. The -vd- ac=dvd -c =id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2 -vd=0
RAIDCFG Command successful!
NOTE: When virtual disks are created, the RAID controller starts the background initialization operation. Virtual disks cannot be deleted until this operation completes.
NOTE: If the raid.ini
file contains the [ Reset ] section, then the RAIDCFG utility removes all the hot spares (dedicated and global) and virtual disks on the specified RAID controllers in the system.
Increasing Virtual Disk Size
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for increasing the virtual disk size of the controller.
Table 338. Increasing Virtual Disk Size
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-vd -c=id vd=vdid -ac=evs szinper=% or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=vdid action=expandvdsi ze sizeinpercent=
%
NA NA
Description
Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 ac=evs -szinper=25
Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting a virtual disk as a bootable virtual disk.
Table 339. Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-vd -ac=sbf c=id or vdisk
-vd or vdisk < valid virtual disk ID number >
Description
Sets the specified virtual disk as bootable virtual disk on the specified controller.
RAIDCFG 181
Table 339. Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments action= setbootflag controllerid= id
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=sbf -c=2 -vd=0
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking or unblinking a physical disk associated with a virtual disk.
Table 340. Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
-vd -vd=id ac=blink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id
Description
Blinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd -vd=id ac=unblink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id
NA NA
Unblinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting Virtual Disk Name
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the name of a virtual disk on a controller.
Table 341. Setting Virtual Disk Name
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-vd -vd=id ac=svdn - vdn=
< string > - c=id or vdisk vdisk= id action= setvdname vdname=< string > controllerid= id
NA
Description
Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=svdn vdn=xxx -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting Environment Variables
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the CLI environment.
182 RAIDCFG
Table 342. Setting Environment
Mandatory Options and
Arguments
-se -envn=< string >
-envc=< function > or setenvironment envname=< string > envcommand=< function
>
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
< filename >
Description
Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getcontrollerslots function call. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CNTRL envc=getcontrollerslots
CNTRL=0 1 2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Captures the environment output to the given filename. This option either appends the information to an existing file or creates a new file.
-se -envn=< string >
-envc=< function > or setenvironment envname=< string > envcommand=< function
>
-f or filename
-se -envn=< string >
- envc=< function > c=id or setenvironment envname=< string > envcommand=< function
> controllerid=id
NA NA
Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks,getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, or gethotspares function call. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE
-envc=getfirmware -c=2
FIRMWARE=531T
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Function Calls of Setenvironment Option
The following table lists the function calls of the setenvironment option.
Table 343. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option
Function Call getfirmware
Description
Returns the firmware version of the specified controllers.
RAIDCFG 183
Table 343. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option (continued)
Function Call Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE -envc= getfirmware -c=2
FIRMWARE=531T
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getcontrollertype Returns LSI for LSI controllers and ADAP for Adaptec controllers.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CONTROLLERTYPE -envc= getcontrollertype -c=2
CONTROLLERTYPE=LSI
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getadisks
Returns the array disks attached to the controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=ADISKS -envc=getadisks -c=2
ADISKS=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadiskcount Returns the number of free array disks found in the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKCOUNT -envc= getfreeadiskcount -c=2
FREEADISKCOUNT=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadisksize Returns the total size of the free array disks in megabytes.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKSIZE -envc= getfreeadisksize -c=2
FREEADISKSIZE=15346
RAIDCFG Command successful!
gethotspares
Returns the global hot spares (global failover disks) found on the specified controller.
184 RAIDCFG
Table 343. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option (continued)
Function Call Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=HOTSPARES -envc= gethotspares -c=2
HOTSPARES=1:8:1,1:9:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadisks Returns the free array disks.
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETFREEADISKS -envc= getfreeadisks -c=2
GETFREEADISKS=0:3:1,0:4:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getadiskcount
Returns the total number of array disks.
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETADISKCOUNT -envc= getadiskcount -c=2
GETADISKCOUNT=1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAID Replication Options
The following table lists the RAID replication options.
Table 344. RAID Replication Options
Mandatory Options and Arguments
-i
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA <filename>
-o NA <filename>
Description
Reads the RAID configuration information from the given .ini
filename and creates the RAID configurations on the specified controllers. This option is mandatory.
Example:
A:> raidcfg -i=\tmp\raid.ini
Reads the RAID configurations from all available controllers and writes these configurations in the raid.ini file under the /tmp directory (in Linux systems). This option is mandatory.
RAIDCFG 185
Table 344. RAID Replication Options (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
Description
Example:
A:> raidcfg -o=\tmp\raid.ini
The contents of the raid.ini file are:
[vdisk0] controllerid=0 size=123456 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wt stripesize=32 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1
[vdisk1] controllerid=0 size=65345 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wt stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:3:1,0:4:1
NOTE: If the controller uses global hot spares, the raid.ini
file contains the following section:
[GlobalHotspare0] controllerid=0 failoverdrive=0:8:0
Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for assigning and unassigning global hot spares.
Table 345. Assigning, Unassigning, and Listing Global Hot Spares
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
Description
-ctrl -ac=sghs c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl or controller action=setglobalh otspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure
NA NA Assigns the specified disk as a global hot spare on the controller. You can assign only one disk at a time.
NOTE: The parameter, force , is optional and is used to avoid the warning messages while assigning the disk as global hot spare.
This parameter is supported only on PERC 9 controllers.
NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
186 RAIDCFG
Table 345. Assigning, Unassigning, and Listing Global Hot Spares (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 ad=0:1 -force
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad|-pd -ac=lghs
-c=id or adisk| pdisk action=listglobal hotspare controllerid=id
NA NA Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=lghs -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ctrl —ac=rghs c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl or controller action=removeglob alhotspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure
NA NA
Unassigns all the specified global hot spares to a disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=rghs -c=2ad=0:1,0:2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Importing And Clearing Foreign Configurations
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for foreign configurations.
Table 346. RAIDCFG Options for Foreign Configurations
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-ctrl -c=id ac=fgnimp or controller controllerid=idac tion=foreignimpor t
NA
Description
Imports the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on
PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No
Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
NOTE: For importing secured foreign configuration, use importsecureforeignconfig or isfc .
For more details, see Importing Secured
.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnimp
RAIDCFG 187
Table 346. RAIDCFG Options for Foreign Configurations (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA -ctrl -c=id -ac= fgnclr or controllercontrol lerid=id foreignclear
NA
Description
Clears the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on
PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers..
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No
Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
NOTE: For clearing secured foreign configuration, use instantsecureerase or insecerase . For more details, see
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnclr
-ctrl -c=id
-ac=fgnrvr or controller controllerid=id action=foreignrec over
NA NA
Recovers the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No
Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnrvr
Importing Secured Foreign Configuration
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for importing secured foreign configuration of the virtual disks.
Table 347. RAIDCFG Options for Importing Secured Foreign Configuration
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-ctrl -c=id ac=isfc pp=passphrase or controller controllerid=id action=importsecu reforeignconfig passphrase=passph rase
NA
Description
Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=isfc pp=Dell_123
188 RAIDCFG
Displaying Foreign Key Ids
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for displaying the foreign key ids of the controller.
Table 348. Displaying Foreign Key Ids
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
--ctrl -c=id ac=gfki or controller controllerid=id action=getforeign keyids
NA
Description
Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=gfki
Controller: PERC H710P Mini
******** Foreign Key IDs ********
Disk Location: 0:7:1
Foreign Key ID: secure
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Creating Encryption Key
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for creating encryption key for the controller.
Table 349. Creating Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-ctrl -c=id ac=csk pp=passphrase kid=key or controller controllerid=id action=createsecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key
NA
Description
Creates encryption key for the encryptioncapable controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=csk pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321
Changing Encryption Key
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for changing the encryption key of the controller.
Table 350. Changing Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
-ctrl -c=id ac=chsk pp=passphrase kid=key opp=passphrase or
Description
Changes the encryption key of the encryptioncapable controller.
RAIDCFG 189
Table 350. Changing Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments controller controllerid=id action=changesecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key oldpassphrase=pas sphrase
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=chsk pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321 opp=Dell_abc
Deleting Encryption Key
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting the encryption key of a controller.
Table 351. Deleting Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-ctrl -c=id ac=dsk or controller controllerid=id action=deletesecu ritykey
NA NA
Description
Deletes the encryption key of the encryptioncapable controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dsk
Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the rebuild of the physical disks associated with a virtual disk.
Table 352. Configuring the Disk Rebuild
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-vd -ac=rbd -ad|pd= ch:targ:encl
-c=id
NA or vdisk action=rebuild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
Description
Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=rbd -ad=0:1 c=2
NA NA
-vd -ac=crbd ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl c=id or
Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=crbd -ad=0:1 c=2
190 RAIDCFG
Table 352. Configuring the Disk Rebuild (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments vdisk action=cancelrebu ild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
Description
Configuring Array Disk As RAID
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the array disk as RAID.
Table 353. Configuring Array Disk as RAID
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-ad -ac=ctr -ad|pd= ch:targ:encl
-c=id
NA or vdisk action=converttor aid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
Description
Configures the array disk as RAID.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctr -ad=0:1 c=2
-ad -ac=ctnr ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl c=id or vdisk action=convertton onraid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA
Configures the array disk as JBOD.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctnr -ad=0:1 c=2
Configuring Physical Disk State
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the physical disk state to online or offline.
CAUTION: Setting a physical disk online or offline may result in data loss. Either complete an automatic rebuild of the physical disk or initiate a consistency check of the virtual disk after an online task completes.
Table 354. Configuring Physical Disk State
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA -ad -ac=online ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl c=id
Description
Sets the array disk state to online.
RAIDCFG 191
Table 354. Configuring Physical Disk State (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments or adisk action=online adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-ad -ac=offline ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl c=id
NA or adisk action=offline adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=online ad=0:1 -c=2
Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=offline ad=0:1 -c=2
Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for replacing the physical disk of a virtual disk with a ready state disk.
Table 355. Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA
-vd -ac=replacepd
-vd=id ch:targ:encl c=id or vdisk action=replacepdi sk adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA
Description
Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk, whose size is greater than or equal to the size of the physical disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=replacepd vd=2 -c=2 -src=0:1 -dest=0:1
Consistency check for virtual disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for a consistency check for a virtual disk.
Table 356. Consistency Check For Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
-vd -c=id -vd=id
-ac=cc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
Description
Check consistency for a specified virtual disk.
192 RAIDCFG
Table 356. Consistency Check For Virtual Disk (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments action=consistenc ycheck
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-vd -c=id -vd=id
-ac=ccc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelcons istencycheck
NA NA
NOTE: Consistency check command is not applicable when RAID=0 .
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=cc
Cancels the consistency check for the specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ccc
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for erasing encrypted physical disks.
Table 357. Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
-ad -ad | — pd= ch:targ: enc1,ch:targ:e ncl ,... ac=insecerase
- c=id
Description
Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:1,0:2
-ac=insecerase -c=2 or adisk adisk | pdisk= channel:target
:enclosure , channel:target
:enclosure ,..
. action=instant secureerase controllerid= id
Discarding Preserved Cache
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for discarding the preserved cache on the controller.
Table 358. Discarding Preserved Cache
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
--ctrl -c=id ac=dpc -force or
Description
Discards the preserved cache on the controller.
RAIDCFG 193
Table 358. Discarding Preserved Cache (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache — force
--ctrl -c=id ac=dpc -force igncfg or controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache — force ignoreconfig
NA NA
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc force
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Discards the preserved cache on the controller ignoring the foreign configuration.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc force -igncfg
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Initializing Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for initializing selected virtual disks.
Table 359. Initializing Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
-vd -c=id -vd=id
-ac=fi or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=fastinit
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA NA
Description
Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the fastinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
Using the fastinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=fi
-vd -c=id -vd=id
-ac=sli or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=slowinit
NA NA
Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the slowinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the slowinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=sli
-vd -c=id -vd=id
-ac=ci or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelinit
NA NA Cancels the initialization of the virtual disk with the cancelinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the cancelinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error..
194 RAIDCFG
Table 359. Initializing Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ci
Resetting The Controller
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for resetting the controller.
Table 360. Resetting The Controller
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-ctrl -c=id ac=rst or controller controllerid=id action=reset
NA NA
Description
Resets the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=rst
-ctrl -c=id ac=rst -force or controller controllerid=id action=reset force NA
The parameter force , is optional. This option is used to reset or delete the BootVD in Post operating system.
Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enabling and disabling dedicated hot spares.
Table 361. Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id ac=ephs or controller controllerid=id action=enableperi stenthotspare
NA NA
Assigns the slot corresponding to the hot spare drive as persistent. Any drive in the slot functions as a hot spare if the drive is qualified to be a hot spare.
NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=ephs -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
NA NA --ctrl -c=id ac=dphs or controller controllerid=id
Disables the persistent slot corresponding to the hot spare drive. If the drive is removed from the slot and any drive is inserted, the slot stops functioning as a hot spare. You must manually assign the drive as a hot spare again.
RAIDCFG 195
Table 361. Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
Description action=disableper sistenthotspare
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=dphs -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting and displaying the Peripheral
Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.
Table 362. Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
--ctrl -c=id ac=spciels spd=<2 | 3> or controller controllerid=id action=setpcielin kspeed speed=<2 |
3>
NA NA
Description
Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to PCIe
Generation 2 or 3.
NOTE: Reboot the system to apply the setting.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 ac=spciels -spd=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
--ctrl -c=id ac=gpciels or controller controllerid=id action=getpcielin kspeed
NA NA
Displays the PCIe link speed of the controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 ac=gpciels
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed
The following table lists the controllers and minimum supported firmware versions for PCIe link speed.
Table 363. Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed
Controllers Component Minimum Supported Versions
PERC H710 H710 Adapter 21.2.0-0007
PERC H710P
PERC H810
H710 Mini Monolithic
H710P Adapter
H710P Mini Monolithic
H810 Adapter
21.2.0-0007
21.2.0-0007
21.2.0-0007
21.2.0-0007
196 RAIDCFG
Setting Boot Mode
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the boot mode of the controller.
Table 364. Setting Boot mode
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
NA -ctrl -c=id ac=sbm —bm=<0|1|
2> or controller controllerid=id action=setbootmod e bootmode=<0|1|
2>
NA
Description
Sets the boot mode of the controller to any of the following during the system start or reboot:
● Stop on error (0)
● Continue on error (1)
● Continue headless on error (2)
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=sbm bm=0
Configuring Auto Import
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the auto import property of the controller.
Table 365. Configuring Auto Import
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-ctrl -c=id ac=eai —ai=<0|1> or controller controllerid=id action=enableauto import autoimport=<0|1>
NA NA
Description
Sets the auto import property of the controller to
1 (enables the auto import property to automatically import the foreign configuration) or
0 (disables the auto import property).
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=eai ai=0
Miscellaneous Options
The following table lists all other RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments.
Table 366. Miscellaneous Optional Parameters
Mandatory Options and Arguments any option
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-l or logfile < filename >
Description
Logs command line output to a file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as standard output. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory options have been added.
RAIDCFG 197
Table 366. Miscellaneous Optional Parameters (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters
Arguments
-si or silent NA
-ver or version NA
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -l=log.txt
Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 0
Controller_PCI_ID: 4:2:1
Controller_Name: Dell
PERC 6/E
Channels: 2
Virtual_Disks: 0
Firmware Version:
V2.8-0[6064]
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Does not display any information on the terminal console. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -si
Displays the version number of the RAIDCFG utility. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ver
RAIDCFG V4.4
Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
The following table lists the basic RAIDCFG commands.
Table 367. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
Purpose Command Description
To list all the RAID controllers in a system raidcfg -ctrl
Lists all the RAID controllers in the system.
Record the slot ID of the controllers for later reference.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 -ad=0:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
198 RAIDCFG
Table 367. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands (continued)
Purpose
To list all the disks attached to a particular controller
Command raidcfg adisk c=slotid
Description
Lists all the disks attached to the controller. The slot ID is obtained from the first command.
Record the drive location of the disks for later reference.
To create a virtual disk with all the default settings
To create a virtual disk of a certain size with all the default settings
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID
1 raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,...
Creates a virtual disk of maximum available size for type RAID
0. RAID 0 is the default.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,... -sz=5GB
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 0. RAID 0 is the default.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID
5
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID
1 with a hot spare
To create a virtual disk of
RAID 10
To create a virtual disk of
RAID 50
To create a virtual disk of
RAID 6 raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,... sz=5GB -r=5 raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1
-fd=x:y
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 5.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
The option <-fd> stands for failover drive and requires the drive location of the drive you want the dedicated hot spare to be in. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y -r=10
Creates a virtual disk of max size for type RAID 10.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y, x:y -r=50 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 50.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y, x:y -r=6 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 6.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 6 is 4.
To create a virtual disk of
RAID 60 raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd
-c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y, x:y -r=60 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 60.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
RAIDCFG 199
Table 367. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands (continued)
Purpose Command Description
NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 60 is 8.
To view all the virtual disks in a system
To view all the virtual disks for a specific controller
To delete a specific virtual disk on a controller raidcfg vdisk raidcfg vdisk c=slotid
Lists the virtual disks on a system for all RAID controllers.
Lists all the virtual disks on a specific controller.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first commands.
raidcfg vdisk -ac=dvd
-c=slotid -vd= vdiskid
Deletes a specific virtual disk on a controller.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first command and the vdiskid in <-vd=vdiskid> is obtained from command 10.
200 RAIDCFG
6
UPINIT
The UPINIT utility allows to create a utility partition (UP) on a hard drive, format the partition, and extract the partition contents onto the disk.
Topics:
•
•
Creating A Partition Using UPINIT
•
•
Features
The UPINIT utility:
● Displays help and usage information.
● Returns specific error codes and messages.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the UPINIT utility in \DELL
\TOOLKIT\TEMPLATES\SCRIPTS . In Linux, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/templates/scripts
Creating A Partition Using UPINIT
The size of the virtual disk where a utility partition is to be created must be a minimum of 8 GB.
UPINIT performs the following steps:
● Ensures that the UP image file is present and readable.
● Ensures that no partitions are present on the target disk.
● Creates a utility partition of type Dell Utility (DE). If there is an existing UP, UPINIT does not create a new one. It only updates the existing UP. If no UP is found, UPINIT exits.
● Updates the boot sector with the UP boot sector image. If required, it updates the master boot record as well.
● Mounts the partition.
● Uncompresses the UP file onto the UP image.
● Unmounts the partition.
NOTE: On Windows PE, UPINIT runs as a batch file. In Linux, it runs as a shell script that uses standard Linux commands to accomplish the same tasks as done by the Windows PE UPINIT utility. Both command lines are identical and the output of the two utilities are identical when the same image is used.
UPINIT Dependencies
On systems running Linux, UPINIT looks for the following files:
● mbr file in the dell/drmk directory
● sysdrmk in the dell/toolkit/bin directory
On systems running Windows, UPINIT looks for the following files:
● createup.cfg
, mountup.cfg
, umountup.cfg
, and listup.cfg
in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TEMPLATE\SCRIPTS directory
● sysdrmk.exe
in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS directory
UPINIT 201
UPINIT Options And Arguments
Table below lists the valid options and arguments for the UPINIT utility.
Table 368. UPINIT Options and Arguments
Option none
Valid Arguments none
Description
If no options are given, the tool outputs usage information. The usage information is printed in the format shown below.
Example 1:
A:>upinit
-h none upinit version 1.0
© 2012 Dell Inc. All rights reserved upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file
[--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h]
--help or -h prints help.
--disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition.
--size or -s Size in MB for the Dell
Utility Partition.
--file or -f filename of Dell Utility
Partition Image File.
--overwrite or -o Installs the Dell
Utility partition over an existing one.
Example 2: upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 -file=upimg.bin
In the example, upinit creates a Dell
Utility Partition of size 32 MB on
/dev/sda using upimg.bin file.
NOTE: The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/ downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are deleted.
This function command requires an argument that matches a valid option. If the argument matches a valid option, that option’s usage information is displayed. This option cannot be used with other options.
Windows PE Example: upinit version 1.0
Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc.
This utility creates a utility partition for your system. This utility requires a Utility Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under /opt/ dell/toolkit/systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit
ISO. For more information, please consult the
Deployment Toolkit Documentation.
Usage: upinit.bat [--overwrite] --disk=ID or
-d=ID --size=size or -s=size
202 UPINIT
Table 368. UPINIT Options and Arguments (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
--file=file or -f=file
--help or -h prints usage.
--disk or -d ID of the disk on which to create the Dell Utility Partition.
--size or -s Size in MB for the Dell
Utility Partition.
--file or -f Filename of the Dell
Utility Partition Image File.
--overwrite or -o Overwrites an existing Dell Utility Partition.
Example: upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= upimg.bin
In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB using the upimg.bin
image file.
The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell
Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.
Linux Example: upinit version 1.0
Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc.
This utility creates a utility partition for your system.
This utility requires a Utility
Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under
/opt/dell/toolkit/systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit ISO. For more information, please consult the
Deployment Toolkit Documentation.
Usage: upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file
[--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h]
--help or -h prints help.
--disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition.
--size or -s Size in MB for the Dell
Utility Partition.
--file or -f filename of Dell Utility
Partition Image File.
--overwrite or -o Installs the Dell
Utility partition over an existing one.
Example: upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=upimg.bin
In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB on /dev/sda using the upimg.bin
file.
The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell
Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.
UPINIT 203
Table 368. UPINIT Options and Arguments (continued)
Option disk
Valid Arguments integer, required
(Windows) string, required (Linux)
Description
Specifies the disk on which to create a utility partition. This disk is checked to ensure that there are no existing partitions. Utility exits with an error if the disk has partitions other than a utility partition.
Use option --overwrite to overwrite an existing utility partition.
Example:
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin (WinPE Example)
# upinit --disk=/dev/hda --size=32 -file=/home/BIN/upimage.bin (Linux
Example) size integer, required The size of the utility partition to create. The created utility is at least the size specified by size and be as close to actual size as drive geometry allows.
Example :
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin
file string, required
Specifies a file that is decompressed onto the utility partition. This file is checked for existence and availability before any partitions are created on the disk. If the file is not specified, the utility simply create the utility partition, format it, and exits. The user has to mount and populate the utility partition. It is very unlikely that the user do NOT specify the utility partition format.
Example:
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin
--overwrite string, optional
Overwrites an existing utility partition. It does not create a new partition or delete an existing partition.
204 UPINIT
7
Messages And Codes
This section documents the error messages and codes used in Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK).
Topics:
•
SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages
•
UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages
•
UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages
•
UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And Messages
•
RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages
•
RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages
•
RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages
SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages
The SYSCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax and valid input. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages
The SYSCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. The following table lists SYSCFG error codes and messages.
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 Success
13
14
15
9
10
11
12
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
Attempt to read write-only parameter.
Password cannot exceed 16 characters.
A BMC was either not detected or is not supported.
This username is already in use. Enter a unique username.
Access mode not supported.
Cannot return number of requested data bytes.
User ID 1 cannot be assigned a username.
Cannot execute duplicated request.
There was an error clearing the SEL.
Clear SEL cannot be accompanied with any other option.
racreset cannot be accompanied with any other option.
Cannot execute command. Command, or request parameter(s), not supported in present state.
Command not supported on given channel.
The community string may only contain printable ASCII characters.
Destination unavailable. Cannot deliver request to selected destination.
Messages And Codes 205
32
33
34
35
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
16
Message
Cannot execute command. Insufficient privilege level.
47
48
49
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
21
22
23
17
18
19
20
36
37
38
Command illegal for specified sensor or record type.
Invalid commstring value.
Hardware subsystem error. Invalid data field in Request.
Invalid destination IP address.
The GUID is invalid.
Invalid gateway.
Invalid hostname.
Invalid IP address.
Invalid DNS IP address.
Invalid sub net mask.
Invalid value for PEF. PEF value should be between 1 and 16.
Reservation Canceled or Invalid Reservation ID.
Invalid Time to live value.
Invalid VLANID value.
Invalid Command. Used to indicate an unrecognized or unsupported command.
Command invalid for given LUN.
Load defaults cannot be accompanied with any other option.
There was an error loading the defaults.
Node Busy. Command could not be processed because command processing resources are temporarily unavailable.
Out of space. Command could not be completed because of a lack of storage space required to execute the given command operation.
This parameter is not supported.
Parameter out of range. One or more parameters in the data field of the
Request are out of range.
The password may only contain printable ASCII characters.
Password test failed.
Requested data length invalid.
Requested data field length limit exceeded.
Requested Sensor, data, or record not present.
Request data truncated.
Command response could not be provided.
Command response could not be provided. BMC initialization or initialization agent in progress.
Command response could not be provided. Device in firmware update mode.
Command response could not be provided. SDR Repository in update mode.
Cannot execute command, SEL erase in progress.
206 Messages And Codes
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
59
60
61
56
57
58
62
63
64
65
51
52
53
54
55
66
67
68
69
70
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
50
Message
Attempt to set the 'set in progress' value when not in the 'set in complete' state.
71
72
73
74
The SOL character ’accumulate interval’ is invalid.
The SOL character ’send threshold’ is invalid.
The SOL ’retry interval’ is invalid.
Command completed successfully.
Time-out while processing command. Response unavailable.
Unspecified error.
The password may only contain printable ASCII characters.
Username cannot exceed 16 characters.
Invalid VLANID value. Enter in ’dddd’ format.
Attempt to write read-only parameter.
BMC is busy.
Response data did not return successfully.
BMC time out error.
Option requires an argument.
The asset tag for this system is not available.
The asset tag cannot be more than 10 characters long.
The required BIOS interfaces cannot be found on this system.
The BIOS version information is not available.
There is not enough free system memory to complete the BIOS update.
The BIOS update file version is a different version class (A00, X00) than the current system BIOS. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
The BIOS update file version is older than the current system bios. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
The BIOS update file version is identical to the current system bios.
Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
The sequence list must be a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).
The sequence list must be a comma-separated list of valid unique device names (ex: nic.emb.1, hdd.emb.1) or a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).
There was an error setting the sequence.
The list is not formatted correctly. See the help for more details.
The size of returned buffer is larger than the size of allocated buffer.
There was a problem getting the state byte.
The state byte is not available on this system.
There was a problem setting the state byte.
The state byte must be a value between 0 and 255 decimal.
Messages And Codes 207
90
91
92
93
94
86
87
88
89
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
82
Message
The CPU information is not available.
83
84
85
111
112
113
114
115
The dependent option required for this subcommand is missing in the command line.
Duplicate sub command has been entered.
The script file does contain not a valid DTK environment script signature.
The format of the environment variable is incorrect.
The --envar option can only be used for a single option.
The --envar option can only be used for report operations.
The individual sub commands should be specified for the -s option.
Getting external serial connector settings failed.
Setting external serial connector settings failed.
There was an error opening the file.
File does not have write permission.
The file contains invalid options.
The replication information does not match for this system.
There can only be one section in the input file.
Bad ini file, the section cannot be found.
The format of the bios image file is incorrect.
Report operations and set operations must be separate.
Help is not available for the option.
The -x (--hex) option can only be used with -b or -r.
Input file not found.
Input file cannot be read.
Invalid argument for option.
Function table lookup error.
The machine ID was not found in the file.
The system memory information is not available.
Mode can only be used with the --pci option.
The device name or index must be present in the boot order.
The output file could not be opened. Please make sure the path exists and the media is not write protected.
Could not write to output file, disk may be full.
The current password must be supplied with a new password using -oldsyspwd.
The current password must be supplied with a new password using -oldsetuppwd.
The current password can only be supplied when setting a new password.
Actions are not allowed for this filter. Only alerts are allowed.
208 Messages And Codes
135
136
137
138
139
140
129
130
131
132
133
134
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
116
Message
There was an error getting the option.
146
147
148
149
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
141
142
143
144
145
The option is not available or cannot be configured through software.
There was an error setting the option.
The -n (--namefile) option can only be used with - -pci.
The password may only contain alphanumeric characters.
The BIOS passwords have been disabled via jumper.
The password length must be between 1 and 32.
This password is locked and can only be unlocked by the admin user.
There was an error setting the password.
The LCD string length must be between 1 and %s.
The LCD string may only contain alphanumeric characters.
There was an error setting the LCD string.
The second channel can only be set if the RAID controller is set to
RAID.
The set operation requires sub commands.
The service tag for this system is not available.
The system ID value is not available.
The system information string is not available.
A system error has occurred.
Usage error.
The uuid information is not present on this system
Version cannot be accompanied with any other option.
The self-identify blinker timer should be set to 0..255 second(s).
Encrypt key is too long.
Encrypt key is invalid, accepted characters are 0 to 9 or A to F.
Parameter has been temporarily disabled due to a dependency on other settings.
The old password supplied is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
Cannot stat /etc/omreg.cfg file. Please ensure /etc/omreg.cfg file is present and is valid for your environment. You can copy this file from the DTK iso.
Getting nicselection settings failed.
HAPI Driver Load Error.
Filter action power reduction is only supported for the system power warn/fail filters.
TPM/TCM Clear settings requires setup password.
There is currently no TPM/TCM Clear request pending.
Password is not required for retrieving the ’%s’ options.
Setup password is required for setting the ’%s’ options.
Messages And Codes 209
172
173
174
175
176
177
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
150
Message
Invalid Password override.
156
157
158
159
151
152
153
154
155
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
Invalid TPM/TCM set option.
There was an error setting the TPM/TCM option.
There is no setup password installed on this system.
The setup password supplied is incorrect. Please try again.
Profile should be custom for setting cpupowermode, memorypowermode and fanmode.
There was an error setting the Power Option.
The power cap value entered is out of range. Please try again.
The power cap value entered must be between 0 to 100 if unit is percent.
Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address cannot be link-local or multicast.
Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address specified has incorrect address format.
Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified has incorrect address format.
Invalid IPv6 address. The Primary DNS server address specified has incorrect address format.
Invalid IPv6 address. The Secondary DNS server address specified has incorrect address format.
Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified is invalid.
Invalid configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration on a non supported platform.
Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set DNS server address manually while DNS address source is set to auto.
Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set IPv6 address manually while
IPv6 address source is set to auto.
Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration without loading IPv6 stack.
Invalid IPv4 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv4 configuration with
IPv4 disabled.
Invalid IPv6 configuration. Ipv6 address cannot be specified without specifying prefix-length.
Invalid IPv6 configuration. dnssrcv6 cannot be set to auto when ipsrcv6 is set to manual.
Error while executing IPMI Set command.
Error while executing IPMI Get command.
Error during Trap Alert.
Unspecified error.
Getting LCD settings failed.
Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when capenable is set to disable.
210 Messages And Codes
181
182
183
184
185
186
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
187
188
189
190
191
202
203
204
205
206
207
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
178
Message
Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when hardware does not support setting.
179
180
208
209
210
Invalid Configuration Option.
Cannot execute command. Parameter is illegal because command subfunction has been disabled or is unavailable.
Failed to report the removable flash media redundancy status.
Failed to report the Internal SD Module status.
Error locating the Virtual Media Key on the Modular system.
Error in setting the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules.
Error in retrieving the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules.
Error in setting the redundancy option on Modular systems for the
Internal SD Modules.
Error in retrieving the vFlash option.
Error in setting the vFlash option.
The set operation failed due to dependency.
The set operation failed because attribute is forced to a value.
Cannot disable this OrderedList’s entries.
The set operation failed because system is busy now . Try again later.
New value for the token not valid.
Token not found.
The set operation failed because System Services and/or CSIOR disabled.
The set operation failed due to pending System Password changes.
The set operation failed due to Password verification failure.
The set operation failed due to previously scheduled job.
The set operation failed because attribute is suppressed.
The set operation failed due to Generic failure.
XML path context creation failed.
Unable to parse XML.
Unable to connect data manager.
'root' privileges required to execute this application.
Invalid alert destination.
The set operation failed due to unspecified error.
Incorrect syntax for help. For more information about a particular command, use the option '-h or --help' followed by the command name.
Example: %s -h --asset
System is busy now.Try again later.
The dependent option '%s' required for this subcommand should be
'enable'.
Some of the BIOS/IPMI tokens are ignored. See the log file (dtk.log) for more information.
Messages And Codes 211
Table 369. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
211
Message
Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extension is XML
212 Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extensions are .ini, .log, .bat, .ids, .lst, and .txt.
Failures And Solutions
The following table lists the common SYSCFG failures and their solutions.
Table 370. SYSCFG Failures and Solutions
Failure Messages
Generic failure.
Solutions
Indicates iDRAC is in bad state. Reboot iDRAC.
New value not valid.
Cannot disable this orderedList’s entries.
System busy, try again later.
Unable to connect iDRAC data manager.
System Services and/or CSIOR disabled.
Make sure the changed value is valid.
BIOS does not support enabling or disabling of a particular boot order object.
Retry as iDRAC is busy with internal processing.
Start data manager service using srvadmin_services (specific to Linux).
Enable CSIOR from <F2> screen.
UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages
The UPINIT utility checks your commands for correct syntax. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages
The UPINIT utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. Table below lists error codes and messages common to Linux and Microsoft Windows PE environments.
7
8
9
3
4
5
1
2
Table 371. UPINIT Common Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 Dell Utility Partition created successfully.
6
Error: Disk ID not specified.
Error: SIZE not specified.
Error: Utility Partition Image file not specified.
Error: DRMK Path not specified.
Error: Dell Utility Partition already exits. Please use --overwrite option to upgrade or overwrite.
Error: Partitions exists. Please clear all the partitions before running upinit.sh.
Error: DOS file(s) not found at the specified path.
Error: UP IMAGE not found at the specified location.
Error: format failed.
212 Messages And Codes
Table 371. UPINIT Common Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
10
Message
Error: Invalid size. Size should be a number between 32 and 2000.
11
12
13
14
Error: sysdrmk failed.
System Error.
Error: Invalid Argument: <argument>
Error: Unzip failed.
UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages
The list of error codes and messages are specific to the Linux environment.
Table 372. UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
31 Error: Invalid disk specified.
32
33
34
Error: Mount failed.
Cannot create mount point <mount point>.File exists
Error: fdisk failed.
UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And
Messages
The list of error codes and messages below are specific to the Windows PE environment.
Table 373. UPINIT Windows PE-Specific Error Codes and Messages
Error Code
31
32
Message
Error: DISKPART failed.
Error: DISKPART command file not found.
RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages
The RAIDCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When you enter a command, a message displays stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages
The RAIDCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. See table below for a list of the error codes and the associated messages.
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0
1
2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Error! Incorrect Syntax.
Failure!
Messages And Codes 213
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
3
Message
Illegal operation
28
29
30
25
26
27
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
18
19
20
15
16
17
21
22
23
24
8
9
10
4
5
6
7
11
12
13
14
Unsupported operation
Device not found.
Format boot drive illegal
Buffer too small.
Virtual Disk contains boot partition. Use force option to delete.
Init boot drive failed.
Format boot drive failed.
Cannot write boot drive.
Unsupported RAID value.
Invalid RAID configuration.
Span depth not in range.
RAID 1 failed.
Exactly 2 array disks are required to create a RAID 1 virtual disk.
Unsupported stripe size value.
RAID 5 only.
RAID 5 error.
A minimum of 3 array disks are required to create a RAID 5 virtual disk.
RAID 0 failed.
RAID 10 failed.
RAID 50 failed.
RAID 5 not supported.
RAID 50 not supported.
Size too small for given RAID type.
Wrong number of disks for RAID 1- concatenated.
Insufficient space to mirror disks.
Create Mirror not supported.
Disk in use.
Disk Lock operation failed.
Disk locked.
Disk Unlock operation failed.
Disk Unlocked.
Disk failed on rebuild.
Hot Spare not free.
Disk Diagnostic failed.
Disk Rebuild failed.
Disk Format failed.
214 Messages And Codes
64
65
66
67
68
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
40
Message
Cancel of Disk Diagnostic failed.
70
71
72
61
62
63
45
46
47
41
42
43
44
48
49
50
51
55
56
57
52
53
54
58
59
60
69
Cancel of Disk Rebuild failed.
Cancel of Disk Format failed
Assign Hot Spare failed
Disk too Small for Hot Spare.
Unassign Hot Spare failed.
Prepare Disk for Removal failed.
Disk Online failed.
Disk Offline failed.
UnMount Operation failed.
Mount Operation failed.
Cannot Format Array Disk.
Bad chunk size.
Invalid disk.
Virtual disk not found.
Virtual disk locked.
Drive in use.
Reached maximum physical size.
Reached maximum count of virtual disks.
There is not enough free space on the array disk(s) to allow the operation to complete; the size of the virtual disk is too large; or communication to the array disk(s) has been lost.
Select the array disks that are part of a similar type of virtual disk
(T10 protection and encryption capability) or the array disks that are not part of any virtual disks.
Invalid Parameter
Failed drive cannot be added.
The controller cannot support the number of array disks that you have selected. Choose a smaller number.
Delete virtual disk failed. Controller busy.
Delete virtual disk failed.
Create virtual disk failed.
Create virtual disk failed. Controller busy.
Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating system disk.
Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating system disk.
Virtual disk initialization failed.
Virtual disk initialization failed. Controller busy.
Virtual disk reconstruction failed. Controller busy.
Messages And Codes 215
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
95
96
97
98
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
73
Message
Virtual disk resynching failed. Controller busy.
78
79
80
74
75
76
77
81
82
83
84
Flush Virtual disk's cache failed on controller.
Virtual disk partition specified not found.
Unsupported cache policy value.
Unsupported write policy value.
Unsupported read policy value.
Cancel initialization on virtual disk failed.
Cancel reconstruction on virtual disk failed.
Cancel resynchronization on virtual disk failed.
The maximum number of virtual disks that can be created has been reached.
The new virtual disk must use only the remaining free space on the array disks used in the last virtual disk you created. Select all array disks that are used in the last virtual disk you created.
You have selected an array disk that is in a degraded or failed state.
Choose another array disk.
Delete the last created virtual disk first.
Virtual disk initialized for use and no override requested.
Virtual disk type requested is invalid for the attempted operation.
Virtual disk Move operation failed. Cannot rename, virtual disk is already in use.
Failover invalid.
Virtual disk resynching.
Virtual disk resynch failed.
Virtual disk reconstruct failed.
Cannot format a virtual disk that contains a boot or system partition.
Cannot initialize a virtual disk that contains a boot or system partition.
Virtual disk Copy failed.
Virtual disk mirror set required.
Virtual disk Create - Read-only failed.
Virtual disk Create - Read-write failed.
Virtual disk - Clear-to-zero failed.
Virtual Disk Requires Non Multilevel.
Virtual Disk Promote Operation failed.
Specified virtual disk has no drive letter assigned to it.
Cannot expose virtual disk.
Cannot reconfigure virtual disk.
Cannot stop the reconfiguration of the virtual disk.
SMART report count not supported.
216 Messages And Codes
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
107
Message
Operations on hidden virtual disks are not allowed.
108
109
110
111
112
113
140
Virtual disk is in use.
The virtual disk is in use. It cannot be reconfigured at this time.
Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Initialization in progress.
Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Reconstruction in progress.
Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Rebuild in progress.
Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Check consistency in progress.
Specified virtual disk too small.
Virtual disk operation not supported. Size too small.
Operation is temporarily unavailable. Space in use.
Cannot reconfigure to the given RAID level.
Cannot reconfigure from current RAID level to the given RAID level.
One of the array disks selected for the virtual disk is already in use.
Virtual disk operation not supported. Cannot use non-RAID disk.
Controller Read Configuration failed.
Controller Write Configuration failed.
Controller cache flush failed.
Enable alarm on controller failed.
Disable alarm on controller failed.
Quiet alarm on controller failed.
Controller failed to perform the task.
Specified bus not found for controller.
Call to set cache mode on the controller failed.
Unexpected controller error.
Controller out of memory.
Invalid controller state.
Controller failed.
Controller busy.
Controller does not exist.
Controller name is invalid.
Controller is iterated.
Rename of virtual disk was not successful.
The controller was not able to erase the file system from the specified virtual disk.
The controller was not able to add space to the specified concatenation set.
Messages And Codes 217
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
141
Message
The controller was not able to get the status of the specified mirror set.
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
172
173
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
142
143
144
145
146
174
The controller was not able to set the requested failover space.
The controller cannot get the failover space information.
Controller cannot unmirror the specified virtual disk.
The controller could not split the specified virtual disk.
The controller could not lock the specified virtual disk.
Controller IO paused.
No controller parameter support.
Controller does not recognize parameter symbol.
Controller Battery Recondition failed.
Controller Get disk signature failed.
Controller Read Flags failed.
Controller Set Flags failed.
Controller Remove Snap Shot failed.
Controller not supported.
Controller device initialization failure.
Partner controller already opened readwrite.
No partner controller found.
The virtual disk is not valid for requested operation.
Cannot communicate with controller.
Set operation failed.
Operation to update error count of SMART device has failed.
Operation to clear error count of SMART device has failed.
Driver could not execute.
Cannot delete virtual disk.
Cannot set temperature probe. Invalid value entered.
Cannot set enclosure tag. Invalid value entered.
Cannot set enclosure alarm.
Temperature probe value out of range.
Cannot set cache mode.
Data will be lost on the secondary disk and a reboot will be forced.
Cluster Services (MSCS) is running. Deleting a virtual disk that contains a cluster resource can result in unpredictable errors or system hangs (quorum disk). You should shut down cluster services before deleting cluster resources. Are you sure you want to proceed?
Cannot perform Create Virtual Disk or Delete Virtual Disk while the other server in a cluster is online. Please shut one of the servers down and retry the operation.
218 Messages And Codes
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
176
177
Message
Invalid array disks or failover drives selected for reconfigure/create operation. Please make sure that all array disks and failover drives associated with the virtual disk are selected.
The maximum number of partitions have already been created on one of the selected array disk(s). Each array disk can hold portions (partitions) of up to 10 virtual disks. This virtual disk cannot be created because one or more array disk(s) have reached the partition limit.
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
191
192
193
194
195
200
201
202
203
The virtual disk is in use. Please close any applications that use the virtual disk and unmount any file systems that reside on the virtual disk.
The firmware version is not supported. Please update the firmware from http://support.dell.com.
The specified device does not have enough free space to be used as failover space for the specified virtual disk.
The operation failed. Please rescan the controller and retry the operation.
The operation cannot be performed while a task is running on the specified virtual disk.
The specified virtual disk has no dead disk segments.
The operation cannot be performed at this time. The firmware can recondition a battery that has a Degraded or Power Low state. The firmware will not recondition a battery that is functioning normally or that has a Ready, Failed or Missing state.
The version of the controller firmware installed on your system does not support this operation.
There are no disks of the correct type available to be assigned as a hot spare.
There are no disks of sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.
There are no disks of the correct type and sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.
The Create Virtual Disk task was successful but the operating system may not be aware of the new virtual disk.
The import of foreign configurations is complete. Some configurations could not be imported.
Enable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
Disable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
Quiet alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
An error occurred while resetting a temperature probe.
No array disks found!
Invalid Virtual Disk ID!
RAID Type & Size are required to create a virtual disk. Ensure that the
RAID type and the size are correct.
Invalid Environment command!
Messages And Codes 219
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
204
Message
File is not writable!
214
215
216
217
218
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
Setting Environment Variable Command failed!
Filename is not provided!
Invalid Strict option! Please provide a valid number between 1 and 100.
Span depth is not needed for this RAID type.
Array disk(s) cannot be part of virtual disk(s) and also be hotspares.
Cannot have silent and logfile switch with the same command.
Invalid array disk(s)!
Invalid failover disk(s)!
Creation of a virtual disk on this RAID controller requires the use of the entire disk space of the array disks. The size or - sz parameter is not needed.
Invalid size given! size=max or -sz=max is not supported for this RAID controller.
The value given for envname or -envn is null or too long.
Invalid virtual disk size!
The strict option provided failed! Virtual disk is not created.
Unable to determine optimum size for Virtual disk. Ensure that the array disks are of the same protocol (i.e. SAS, SATA, SCSI). If there is a mismatch of the array disks then the RAIDCFG will not be able to determine the optimum size. In addition, also ensure that there is drive size available for the specified virtual disk.
One or more array disks selected to create virtual disk or hotspare doesn't have enough disk space. Please make sure that all the array disks and failover drives selected have enough free space.
The number of array disks provided is incorrect for the requested RAID
Type! RAID 1 requires exactly 2 array disks, RAID 5 requires at least 3 array disks, RAID 10 requires at least 4 array disks and RAID 50 requires at least 6 array disks.
No free array disks found!
No global failover disks found!
One or more array disks selected for the virtual disk has foreign configuration.
Error in opening the file.
SAS 5/IR, SAS 6/IR, H200 and SW RAID requires atleast two physical disks to create RAID 0 or RAID 1.
No Foreign configuration present in the controller.
The virtual disk cannot be created on the physical disks you selected.
Possible reasons include:unsupported mix of SAS and SATA protocol type disks, unsupported mix of SSD and HDD media disks.
Unsupported array disks selected for VD creation.
Setting stripe size is not supported in this controller.
220 Messages And Codes
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
230
231
Message
Invalid VirtualDisk(VD) name specified. VD name can have alphanumeric characters [A-Z,a-z,0-9,_,-] only. Also, VD name size must be less than or equal to 15 characters
Error occurred while setting virtual disk as boot disk.
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
Error occurred while setting name for virtual disk.
Couldn't get boot virtual disk.
PCIe Link Speed could not be set for the RAID controller. Please check if the controller has the capability to set/change its PCIe link speed.
PCIe Link Speed can be set to either 2 or 3 i.e. PCIe Generation 2.0 or
3.0.
PCIe Link Speed could not be retrieved for this RAID controller.Please
check if the controller has the PCIe link speed capability.
Please reset the controller before doing any further operation.
Boot Mode can be set to 0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on error), 2 (Headless continue on error)
Boot Mode could not be set for the RAID controller.
Enable Auto Import can be set to 0 (No) or 1 (Yes).
Cannot discard the preserved cache because a foreign configuration is present on the controller. Use '-ignoreconfig' or '-igncfg' to discard the cache.
Enable Auto Import property could not be set for the RAID controller.
Invalid array disk list.
Source or destination disk is in invalid state. Make sure that the source disk is in online state, destination disk is in ready state, and the size of the destination disk is greater than or equal to the size of the source disk.
Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to online.
Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to offline.
Invalid encrypted array disk list for the instant secure erase operation.
Sector drives 512B and 4KB must not be combined while creating a virtual disk.
Hot spare sector size for the virtual disk is not matching.
sectorsize parameter is not found.
Warning! Cannot assign global hotspare. Input array disk can act as a hotspare only for virtual disks with matching sector size (4KB or 512B) and supported T10 PI capability. Use "-force" option to discard the warning.
Force option is invalid for this operation on the specified controller.
Input values for vdiskprotectioninfo and vdpi are 1 and 0.
vdiskprotectioninfo or vdpi option is not available on the controller.
Input array disks or hotspares are not PI-capable.
Creation of RAID 10 virtual disk with Uneven Span failed.
Messages And Codes 221
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
Table 374. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
1015
Message
Spanlength is not required for creating a RAID10 virtual disk on this controller.
1016
1017
1018
1019
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
Unsupported operation. RAID 6 and RAID 60 virtual disks which are T10 PI enabled do not support Slow Initialize.
Operation is not supported. The specified controller does not have encryption capability.
Operation is not supported. Encryption key is not present on the specified controller.
The specified array disks or hotspares do not have encryption capability.
The specified controller does not have a locked foreign configuration.
Invalid passphrase.
Input values for secureflag and sf are 1 and 0.
Unsupported operation. Preserved cache is not present on the controller.
Invalide Key Id
Encryption key is already set for the controller.
Cannot delete the encryption key because secure virtual disk is present.
The passphrase is invalid or old.
Cannot increase the virtual disk size due to lack of free space or due to the presence of partial virtual disks on the same set of array disks.
The percentage value of virtual disk size must be in the range 1-100.
Error! Cannot discard the preserved cache. Use '-force' option to discard the cache.
Cannot create a new virtual disk because preserved cache is present on the controller. To clear the cache, either import the related virtual disks or discard the cache.
Unsupported RAID value. The expand virtual disk size operation is allowed only on RAID-0, RAID-1, RAID-5, and RAID-6.
Unsupported file type. Supported file types are .ini, .log, and .txt.
RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages
Table below lists RACADM firmware error codes and messages.
4
5
2
3
6
Table 375. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages
Error Code
1
Message
UNKNOWN COMMAND.
OUTPUT ERROR
TOO FEW ARGUMENTS
UNKNOWN PARAMETER
CAN'T LOCK RESOURCE
RESOURCE LOCKED
222 Messages And Codes
Table 375. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
7
Message
USER NOT IN DATABASE
32
33
34
29
30
31
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
22
23
24
19
20
21
25
26
27
28
12
13
14
8
9
10
11
15
16
17
18
WRONG PASSWORD
LOGIN INCORRECT
NOT ACCESSIBLE VIA TELNET CONNECTION
ACCESS DENIED
INVALID ARGUMENT
INVALID GROUP NAME
USER DATABASE FULL
CAN'T CHANGE FACTORY DEFAULT
USER ALREADY IN DATABASE
CLOSING TELNET CONNECTION
USER DATABASE NOT INITIALIZED
INVALID COMMAND SHELL CALL
INVALID INPUT FILE
TFTP ERROR
PCI ERROR
SERVER IS IN GRAPHICS MODE
SYSTEM DATE AND TIME NOT SET
OUT OF MEMORY
ACCESS LOCKED
PAGING ERROR
PAGING ALREADY IN PROGRESS
ERROR ACCESSING DEVICE
WRONG NUMBER OF ARGUMENTS
NO SCREEN FOR ASR STORED
CAN'T ADD HISTORY MONITOR
INVALID IDENTIFIER
CANNOT WRITE TO FLASH
FIRMWARE FILE INVALID
CANNOT READ REGISTER
CANNOT UNLOCK RESOURCE
TIME OUT
SERVER IN TEXT MODE
WRONG GRAPHICS MODE
CONFIG SPACE LOCKED
MASTER LOCKED
ASB BUS LOCKED
Messages And Codes 223
Table 375. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
44
Message
HISTORY MONITORS NOT YET AVAILABLE
49
50
51
45
46
47
48
52
53
54
NO VALID VALUE FOR THIS FIELD
DIAGNOSTIC TASK ERROR
DIAGNOSTIC TASK IS ALREADY RUNNING
NO DIAGNOSTIC TASK RUNNING
READ ONLY
SNARFING IS NOT AVAILABLE
TEXT RESOLUTION OF SERVER CHANGED
MODULE NOT LOADED
IPMI ERROR
ERROR IN DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages
Table below lists RACADM utility error codes and messages.
Table 376. RACADM Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
513 An unknown failure occurred.
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
514
515
516
517
518
Librac library not initialized.
An invalid parameter was passed into function.
Invalid DRSTYPE specified.
Librac library already initialized.
Invalid transport type specified.
Invalid library user.
A connection to the RAC controller could not be established.
Failed to perform read operation with RAC controller.
Failed to perform write operation with RAC controller.
Invalid message ID.
Invalid message type.
Invalid response message.
Specified user buffer is too small to hold data.
Authentication failed - Invalid user name or password.
Invalid CHAP protocol response encountered.
CHAP buffer too small.
Timeout occurred.
Insufficient user privileges to perform operation.
TFTP write error encountered.
224 Messages And Codes
565
566
567
568
569
Table 376. RACADM Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code
533
Message
TFTP read error encountered.
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
TFTP local file write error encountered.
TFTP local file read error encountered.
TFTP write request failed.
TFTP read request failed.
Failed to open file.
Failed to load socket library.
Invalid socket library.
Unable to resolve HostName.
Failed to create socket.
Socket read operation failed.
Socket write operation failed.
Failed to create SSL context object.
Failed to create SSL BIO object.
Unable to create SSL socket connection.
Failed to initialize socket.
Failed to login to RAC successfully.
Invalid session ID specified.
Failed to logout from RAC successfully.
Command execution failed.
FTP Get operation failed.
FTP Put operation failed.
Failed to initialize FTP interface.
Failed to load SSL library.
Failed to initialize librac library.
Invalid session ID.
SpcmpObjectName failed.
SpcmpObjectIdGet failed.
SpcmpObjectIdSet failed.
Failed to send SPCMP message to RAC.
Invalid transport session info.
LAN Proxy error - please make sure your proxy settings are configured correctly.
RAC service not currently installed.
RAC service is not started.
RAC service is starting.
RAC controller not present.
RAC controller is currently resetting.
Messages And Codes 225
8
BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages
All possible Platform Event Filter (PEF) Alert Messages along with a description of each event are listed in the table below
Table 377. BMC PEF Alert Events
Event Description
Fan Probe Failure
The fan is running too slow or not at all.
Voltage Probe
Failure
Discrete Voltage
Probe Failure
The voltage is too low for proper operation.
The voltage is too low for proper operation.
Temperature Probe
Warning
The temperature is approaching excessively high or low limits.
Temperature Probe
Failure
The temperature is either too high or too low for proper operation.
Chassis Intrusion
Detected
The system chassis has been opened.
Redundancy (PS or
Fan) Degraded
Redundancy for the fans and/or power supplies has been reduced.
Redundancy (PS or
Fan) Lost
No redundancy remains for the system's fans and/or power supplies.
Processor Warning
A processor is running at less than peak performance or speed.
Processor Failure
A processor has failed.
PPS/VRM/DCtoDC
Warning
Power
Supply/VRM/D2D
Failure
Hardware log is full or emptied
Automatic System
Recovery
The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter is pending a failure condition.
The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter has failed.
Either an empty or a full hardware log requires administrator attention.
The system is hung or is not responding and is taking an action configured by Automatic System
Recovery.
System Power
Probe Warning
System Power
Probe Failure
The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a warning value.
The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a failure value.
226 BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages
9
Sample File Formats
This appendix lists the sample SYSCFG utility .ini, RAIDCFG utility .ini, and the RACADM utility .ini files.
Topics:
•
Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format
•
Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format
•
Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format
Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format
[syscfg]
;SystemModelName=poweredge r620
;SystemBiosVersion=0.3.16
;SystemServiceTag=MDN2345
;SystemManufacturer=dell inc.
;SysMfrContactInfo=www.dell.com
;SysMemSize=4.0 gb
;SysMemType=ecc ddr3
;SysMemSpeed=1067 mhz
;SysMemVolt=1.35v
;VideoMem=16 mb
MemTest=enable
MemOpMode=adveccmode
;NodeInterleave=disable
SerialDbgOut=disable
LogicalProc=enable
QpiSpeed=maxdatarate
ProcVirtualization=enable
ProcAdjCacheLine=enable
ProcHwPrefetcher=enable
DcuStreamerPrefetcher=enable
DcuIpPrefetcher=enable
ProcExecuteDisable=enable
ProcCores=all
;Proc64bit=yes
;ProcCoreSpeed=2.30 ghz
;Proc1Id=06-2d-2
;Proc1Brand=[genuine intel(r) cpu @ 2.30ghz
]
;Proc1L2Cache=8x256 kb
;Proc1L3Cache=20 mb
;Proc1NumCores=8
EmbSata=ahcimode
;SataPortE=auto
;SataPortEModel=unknown
;SataPortEDriveType=unknown device
;SataPortECapacity=n/a
;SataPortF=auto
;SataPortFModel=unknown
;SataPortFDriveType=unknown device
;SataPortFCapacity=n/a
BootMode=bios
BootSeqRetry=disable
IntegratedRaid=enable
UsbPorts=allon
InternalUsb=on
IntegratedNetwork1=enable
OsWatchdogTimer=disable
IoatEngine=disable
;EmbVideo=enable
Sample File Formats 227
SriovGlobalEnable=disable
SerialComm=onnoconredir
SerialPortAddress=serial1com1serial2com2
ExtSerialConnector=serial1
FailSafeBaud=115200
ConTermType=vt100vt220
RedirAfterBoot=enable
SysProfile=perfperwattoptimizeddapc
;ProcPwrPerf=sysdbpm
;MemFrequency=maxperf
;ProcTurboMode=enable
;ProcC1E=enable
;ProcCStates=enable
;MemPatrolScrub=standard
;MemRefreshRate=1x
;MemVolt=autovolt
;AesNi=enable
PasswordStatus=unlocked
TpmSecurity=off
;TpmActivation=nochange
;TpmClear=no
;IntelTxt=off
LocalBiosUpdateSupport=enable
PwrButton=enable
NmiButton=enable
AcPwrRcvry=last
AcPwrRcvryDelay=immediate
;AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60
AssetTag=
NumLock=on
ReportKbdErr=report
ErrPrompt=enable
Characterization=enable
BootSeq=Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1-
1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1
;UefiBootSeq=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1,NIC.Integrated.1-2-
1,NIC.Integrated.1-3-1,NIC.Integrated.1-4-
1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1,Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1-1
OneTimeBootMode=disable
;OneTimeBootSeqDev=floppy.idracvirtual.1-1
;OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev=nic.integrated.1-1-1
Slot1=enable
Slot2=enable
Slot3=enable extserial=com1 lancfgparams alertdest=1 destipaddr=0.0.0.0
lancfgparams alertdest=2 destipaddr=0.0.0.0
lancfgparams alertdest=3 destipaddr=0.0.0.0
lancfgparams alertdest=4 destipaddr=0.0.0.0
commstring=public
;gateway=10.94.132.1
;ipaddress=10.94.132.131
ipaddrsrc=dhcp nicselection=dedicated autoneg=enable dnsserver1=0.0.0.0
dnsserver2=0.0.0.0
dnsdhcp=disable dnsracname=idrac dnsregisterrac=disable domainname= domainnamednsdhcp=disable fullduplex=enable speed=100Mbps
;subnetmask=255.255.255.0
228 Sample File Formats
vlanid=1 vlanpriority=0 vlantag=disable lancfgparamsv6
;dnssrcv6=static
;gatewayv6=::
;ipv6address1=:: ipv6=disable
;ipaddrv6=::
;ipsrcv6=auto
;linklocaladdrv6=::
;prefixlengthv6=0
;dnsserver1v6=::
;dnsserver2v6=::
;ipv6address2=:: lanchannelaccess ipmioverlan=alwaysavail channelprivlmt=administrator pefalerting=disable lanuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator lanuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess lcd=servicetag nmibutton=enable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=1 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=2 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams
Sample File Formats 229
alertpolnum=3 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=4 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretevoltfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=intrusion filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redundegraded filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redunlost filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=hardwarelogfail filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=autorecovery filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=procabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batterywarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batteryfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerwarn
230 Sample File Formats
filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardpresent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsoffline filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsredundancylost filteralert=enable filteraction=none hostname= powerbutton=enable serialcfgparams connectionmode=basic msgcommbitrate=19200 msgcommflowctrl=noflowctrl tmcfgdelctrl=del tmcfgechoctrl=echo tmcfghandshakectrl=enable tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr tmcfglineediting=enable tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf serialchannelaccess ipmioverserial=alwaysavail channelprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess
Sample File Formats 231
userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess solaction userid=2 action=enable solaction userid=3 action=disable solaction userid=4 action=disable solaction userid=5 action=disable solaction userid=6 action=disable solaction userid=7 action=disable solaction userid=8 action=disable solaction userid=9 action=disable solaction userid=10 action=disable solaction userid=11 action=disable solaction userid=12 action=disable solaction userid=13 action=disable solaction userid=14 action=disable solaction userid=15 action=disable solaction userid=16 action=disable solcfgparams solbitrate=115200 solcharaccuminterval=10 solcharsendthreshold=255 solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator sysid=04CE sysname=PowerEdge R620 useraction userid=2 action=enable
232 Sample File Formats
action=disable useraction userid=14 action=disable useraction userid=15 action=disable useraction userid=16 action=disable username userid=2 name=root username userid=3 name=NULL username userid=4 name=NULL username userid=5 name=NULL username userid=6 name=NULL username userid=7 name=NULL username userid=8 name=NULL username userid=9 name=NULL username userid=10 name=NULL username userid=11 name=NULL username useraction userid=3 action=disable useraction userid=4 action=disable useraction userid=5 action=disable useraction userid=6 action=disable useraction userid=7 action=disable useraction userid=8 action=disable useraction userid=9 action=disable useraction userid=10 action=disable useraction userid=11 action=disable useraction userid=12 action=disable useraction userid=13
Sample File Formats 233
userid=12 name=NULL username userid=13 name=NULL username userid=14 name=NULL username userid=15 name=NULL username userid=16 name=NULL
;uuid=44454C4C4400104E8032CDC04F333435 virtualmedia=auto
Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format
[Reset] controllerid=1,2,3,6
[vdisk0] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:1:1,0:0:1
[vdisk1] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:3:1,0:2:1
[vdisk2] controllerid=2 size=278784 raid=0 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:5:1,0:4:1 failoverdrive=0:9:1
[vdisk3] controllerid=4 size=278784 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:8:1,0:7:1,0:6:1
[GlobalHotspare0] controllerid=0 failoverdrive=0:8:0
Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format
[idRacInfo]
#idRacType=0x05
234 Sample File Formats
#idRacProductInfo=Dell Remote Access Controller 5
#idRacDescriptionInfo=This system component provides a complete set of #remote management functions for
Dell PowerEdge servers.
#idRacVersionInfo=1.20 (Build 01.17) idRacName=DRAC 5 idRacMisc=
[cfgLanNetworking] cfgNicEnable=1 cfgNicIpAddress=10.98.8.121
cfgNicNetmask=255.255.255.0
cfgNicGateway=192.168.0.1
cfgNicUseDhcp=0
#cfgNicMacAddress=00:11:43:34:5f:4a cfgDNSServersFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSServer1=192.168.0.5
cfgDNSServer2=192.168.0.6
cfgDNSRegisterRac=0 cfgDNSRacName=RAC-HHS7C1S cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSDomainName=MYDOMAIN
[cfgCurrentLanNetworking]
#cfgNicCurrentIpAddress=10.98.8.121
#cfgNicCurrentNetmask=255.255.255.0
#cfgNicCurrentGateway=192.168.0.1
#cfgNicCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0
#cfgDNSCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0
#cfgDNSCurrentServer1=192.168.0.5
#cfgDNSCurrentServer2=192.168.0.6
#cfgDNSCurrentDomainName=MYDOMAIN
[cfgRemoteHosts] cfgRhostsSmtpEmailEnable=1 cfgRhostsFwUpdateTftpEnable=1 cfgRhostsSmtpServerIpAddr=127.0.0.1
cfgRhostsFwUpdateIpAddr=192.168.0.4
cfgRhostsFwUpdatePath=
[cfgUserAdmin]
#cfgUserAdminIndex=1 cfgUserAdminUserName=root
#cfgUserAdminPassword= cfgUserAdminPrivilege=0 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterRacEventMask=0x300000 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterSysEventMask=0x77777 cfgUserAdminEmailEnable=0 cfgUserAdminEmailAddress= cfgUserAdminEmailCustomMsg=
[cfgSessionManagement] cfgSsnMgtMaxSessions=0x4 cfgSsnMgtMaxSessionsPerUser=0x4
[cfgSerial] cfgSerialBaudRate=115200 cfgSerialConsoleEnable=0 cfgSerialConsoleQuitKey=<CR>~.
cfgSerialConsoleIdleTimeout=0x12c cfgSerialConsoleShellType=0x2 cfgSerialConsoleNoAuth=0 cfgSerialConsoleCommand= cfgSerialTelnetEnable=0 cfgSerialCom2RedirEnable=1 cfgSerialTelnet7fIsBackspace=0
[cfgNetTuning] cfgNetTuningNicMtu=0x5dc cfgNetTuningIpTtl=0x40 cfgNetTuningTcpSrttBase=0x0 cfgNetTuningTcpSrttDflt=0x6 cfgNetTuningTcpReXmtMin=0x2 cfgNetTuningTcpReXmtMax=0x80 cfgNetTuningIpSubnetsAreLocal=0x1 cfgNetTuningIpReassTtl=0x3c cfgNetTuningTcpMsl=0x3c cfgNetTuningNicAutoneg=1 cfgNetTuningNic100MB=1 cfgNetTuningNicFullDuplex=1
Sample File Formats 235
[cfgOobSnmp] cfgOobSnmpTrapsEnable=1 cfgOobSnmpAgentEnable=1 cfgOobSnmpAgentCommunity=public
[cfgRacTuning] cfgRacTuneFwUpdateResetDelay=0x46 cfgRacTuneD3debugEnable=1 cfgRacTuneRemoteRacadmEnable=1 cfgRacTuneHostCom2BaudRate=57600 cfgRacTuneHttpPort=0x50 cfgRacTuneHttpsPort=0x1bb cfgRacTuneTelnetPort=0x17 cfgRacTuneConRedirPort=0x170c
[ifcRacManagedNodeOs] ifcRacMnOsHostname=(none) ifcRacMnOsOsName=Linux 2.4.21-20.ELIhugemem
ifcRacMnOsOsType=0x2
[cfgRacSecurity] cfgRacSecCsrKeySize=0x400 cfgRacSecCsrCommonName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationUnit= cfgRacSecCsrLocalityName= cfgRacSecCsrStateName= cfgRacSecCsrCountryCode= cfgRacSecCsrEmailAddr=
[cfgRacVirtual] cfgVirAtapiSvrPort=0xe54 cfgVirMediaDisable=0 cfgFloppyEmulation=0
[cfgActiveDirectory] cfgADRacDomain= cfgADRacName= cfgADEnable=0 cfgADAuthTimeout=0x78 cfgADRootDomain=
236 Sample File Formats
A
Identifying the series of your Dell EMC
PowerEdge servers
The PowerEdge series of servers form Dell EMC are divided into different categories on the basis of their configuration. For easier reference, they are referred to as YX2X, YX3X, YX4X, YX4XX, or YX5XX series of servers. The structure of the naming convention is described below:
The letter Y denotes the alphabets in the server model number. The alphabets denote the form factor of the server. The form factors are described below:
● Cloud (C)
● Flexible(F)
● Modular (M or MX)
● Rack(R)
● Tower(T)
The letter X denotes the numbers in the server model number. The numbers denote multiple items about the server.
● The first X denotes the value stream or class of the server.
○ 1-5—iDRAC basic
○ 6-9—iDRAC Express
● The digit denotes the series of the server. It is retained in the server naming convention and not replaced by the letter X.
○ 0—series 10
○ 1—series 11
○ 2—series 12
○ 3—series 13
○ 4—series 14
○ 5—series 15
● The third X denotes the number of processor sockets a series of server supports. This is applicable only from series 14 of
PowerEdge servers.
○ 1 one socket server
○ 2 two socket server
● The last X always denotes the make of the processor as described below:
○ 0—Intel
○ 5—AMD
Table 378. PowerEdge servers naming convention and examples
YX3X servers YX4X systems YX4XX systems
PowerEdge M630 PowerEdge M640 PowerEdge R6415
YX5XX
PowerEdge R6515
PowerEdge M830 PowerEdge R440 PowerEdge R7415 PowerEdge R7515
PowerEdge T130 PowerEdge R540
PowerEdge R7425 PowerEdge R6525
Identifying the series of your Dell EMC PowerEdge servers 237
advertisement
Related manuals
advertisement